Electronic products and relays

Technical catalogue 2009

NEW
New
Electronic Products and Relays

The new generation of three-phase
Three-phase monitoring relays
CM range monitoring relays CM range
Only reliable, continuous monitoring of a three-phase network
guarantees trouble-free and economic operation of machines
and installations. Thus, the three-phase monitoring relays of
the CM range, according to the individual requirements, mo-
nitor the phase voltages, phase sequence, phase unbalance,
phase failure and the neutral.

Highlights of the new generation 1)

쮿 All new devices are working with a modern TRMS-
measuring principle (True root means square)
쮿 Interpretation of any wave forms
쮿 Devices for mains voltages of up to 690 V
쮿
2CDC 255 057 F0008

Signals can be measured within a frequency range of
monito
a se
ph
rin
45-65 Hz as well as within a range of 45-440 Hz 1)
g
-
ee

쮿
Thr

NEW ION
T
Interrupted neutral monitoring 1)
ERA
GEN
.1 0.01
쮿 Monitoring of single- and three-phase mains with the same
2008
device 1)
쮿 Applicable in grounded and ungrounded mains
쮿 Operating principle of the output contacts configurable as
2x1 or 1x2 c/o (SPDT) contacts 1)
쮿 Configurable phase sequence monitoring


쮿 Configurable automatic phase sequence correction 1)
쮿 Adjustable ON- or OFF-delayed tripping delay
쮿 Time delay can be adjusted via a logarithmic scale 1)
쮿 Front-face rotary or DIP switch for function selection

1)
depending on device

English Version: 2CDC 112 136 B0201
German Version: 2CDC 112 136 B0101

New application manual
Application Manual Power Supply Units Power Supply Units

For today‘s applications, e.g. in control engineering, it is
essential to take the right decision regarding the selection and
planning of the power supply. Incorrect dimensioning or wrong
connection of a power supply can seriously affect the safety
and/or the availability of an entire installation.
This manual provides a general overview of switch mode power
supplies and thus helps to choose the optimal power supply
and to avoid problems during engineering and commissioning.
The manual generally shows and explains the fundamentals
of and the differences between power supplies, and gives a
detailed introduction to the ABB product range on the basis of
the selection criteria. Finally, it describes and explains applica-
tion examples for engineering and it contains selectivity tables
for the selection of the right ABB MCBs in order to disconnect
faulty (overload / short circuit) circuits on the secondary side.

English Version: 2CDC 114 048 M0202
German Version: 2CDC 114 048 M0102



C2 
2CDC110004C0206

NEW
 Electronic Products and Relays

1

2

Content

NEW New products / Extended product ranges ........... ............................................................. C2
3
Approvals and marks for the world market ....................................................................... 2
Further product documentation: www.abb.com/lowvoltage ............................................. 3

1 Electronic timers CT range ............................................................................................. 5
CT-D range ..................................................................................................................... 9
CT-E range ......................................................................................................................
CT-S range ......................................................................................................................
21
35
4
2 Measuring and monitoring relays CM and C5xx range ............................................... 57
Current and voltage monitors, single-phase .................................................................. 63
Three-phase monitors .................................................................................................... 75
Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains ......................................................... 95
Motor load monitors ....................................................................................................... 105 5
Thermistor motor protection relays ................................................................................ 109
Temperature monitors..................................................................................................... 117
Liquid level monitors and controls ................................................................................. 123
Contact protection relays and sensor interface relays ................................................... 133
Cycle monitor with watchdog function ........................................................................... 139
General technical data, Accessories and Current transformers ..................................... 143
6
3 Safety relays C57x and C67xx range ............................................................................. 149

4 Primary switch mode power supplies CP range .......................................................... 171
CP-D range ..................................................................................................................... 175
CP-E range ..................................................................................................................... 183
CP-S, CP-C and CP-A range ......................................................................................... 197 7
5 Analog signal converters and Serial data converters CC and ILPH range ............... 207
Analog signal converters CC range ................................................................................ 209
Serial data converters ILPH range.................................................................................. 235

6 Interface relays and optocouplers .................................................................................. 249
8
Pluggable interface relays CR range .................................................................................. 251
Interface relays and optocouplers ...................................................................................... 269

7 Panel heaters ................................................................................................................... 347

8 Logic relays and display system CL range ................................................................... 353
9
9 Index ....................... .......................................................................................................... 379

 1
2CDC110004C0206

NEW
Approvals and marks
for the world market

1 ABB low-voltage switching devices are developed and produced in accordance with the applicable regulations as stated in the international
IEC publications, the European EN specifications and the national VDE standards.
In most countries, low-voltage switching devices are produced according to such regulations under the responsibility of the manufacturers.
This is why the devices are not subject to further approval. However, for those devices which are intended for use in household or for public
use our customers can request test reports of our internal laboratory for presentation to the various qualified local organizations.
In other countries, approvals are prescribed by law.
For devices installed in ships, an approval issued by independent shipping companies, such as the GL, are demanded by the maritime
insurance companies.
2
Marks of conformity and examples of approvals (device-dependent)
Berufsgenossenschaft
International der Feinmechanik und
Elektrotechnik (BGFE) M China

3 CB scheme K The BG-PRÜFZERT sign is a volunta-
CCC (China Compulsory
Certification) E
ry safety mark, awarded by the BGFE
The CB (Certification Body) Scheme is a
following successful safety testing. In China the CCC certification mark is a
system designed to facilitate international
compulsory certification mark in the field
trade by establishing mutual acceptance
of test reports among participating
Explosion protection (EX) I of safety and quality for products sold on
the Chinese market.
safety certification organizations (the Explosion protection acc. to
National Certification Bodies) in more
Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX 100a)
4 than 30 countries. The CB Scheme was
established by the International Swiss insurance institution
Q
North America
Electrotechnical Committee for Conformity (SUVA) Canadian and US standards are more or
Testing to Standards for Electrical less equivalent but considerably differ from
Equipment (IECEE). Department accident prevention suvaPRO
the IEC and VDE regulations.
Germanischer Lloyd (GL) C
Europe Shipping approval
USA

5 Conformité Européen (CE) a Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
B
All devices which comply with the
Lloyds Register
P Listing

Released for installation in systems and for
European low voltage directive and which Shipping approval sale as individual component in the USA.
are intended for sale within the European
Union must have the CE sign applied. All
products in this catalogue are CE marked.
Recognition G
Russia
6 The CE sign must not be confused with a
certificate of quality issued by the EU. It is
In Russia, low-voltage switching devices
Released for installation in systems, if the
respective system has been completely
are subject to certification and have to be mounted and wired by qualified personnel.
solely used to confirm that the respective provided with a sign.
product complies with the applicable
European directives *). The CE sign is
part of an administrative procedure to
Gost Standard (GOST-R) D Canada

guarantee free movement of goods within Gost R certification is mandatory for many Canadian Standards
the European Community. Association (CSA) F
7 *) Directives:
products. This certification is based on a
safety test (IEC standards with Russia-
specific deviations) and an EMC test.
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC USA and Canada
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC
Russian Maritime Register of
Shipping RMRS L The combined UL signs for the USA and
Canada are recognized by the authorities
Shipping approval of both countries. Devices with this
Verband der Elektrotechnik certificate meet the requirements of both
Elektronik Informationstechnik J
8 (VDE)
Australia, New Zealand
countries.

Applicable for technical instruments Listing A
covered by the German Gerätesicherheits- C-Tick Mark b
gesetz (GSG) as well as for single parts
and electrical wiring devices. The C-Tick Mark certifies compliance with Recognition H
the Australian EMC requirements. The
Mark is also recognized in New Zealand.
9

2 
2CDC110004C0206

NEW
Further product documentation
see ABB Library
www.abb.com/lowvoltage
When you enter "www.abb.com/lowvoltage" for the first time, you will be asked to select your country and your
preferred language (see screen shot 1). You can change this setting later if you like (see screen shot 2).
1

Select preferred
language Press Confirm to
2
e.g. English save your settings

Select country click
e.g. Germany

3

How to find "Electronic Products and Relays" in wourld wide web:

4
Change
selected country
and/or
preferred language

5
Control Products

click

6

7

8

Electronic Relays click
and Controls
Power Supplies
9
click

Signal Converters

click

 3
2CDC110004C0206

NEW
Further product documentation
see ABB Library
www.abb.com/lowvoltage (continued)
1

2

3 Select
product range
e.g. Logic Relays

click

4

5

6

7

8 Download
area

9

4 
2CDC110004C0206

 Electronic timers
CT range

1

Content

CT range overview.............................................................................................................. 6
Approvals and marks ......................................................................................................... 8

CT-D range ....................................................................................................................... 9
Benefits and advantages .................................................................................................... 10
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 11
Function diagrams.............................................................................................................. 13
Star-delta applications ....................................................................................................... 15
Connection diagrams ......................................................................................................... 16
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 17
Technical diagrams............................................................................................................. 19
Wiring notes ....................................................................................................................... 20
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 20

CT-E range ....................................................................................................................... 21
Benefits and advantages .................................................................................................... 22
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 23
Function diagrams.............................................................................................................. 26
Star-delta applications ....................................................................................................... 29
Connection diagrams ......................................................................................................... 31
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 32
Technical diagrams............................................................................................................. 34
Wiring notes ....................................................................................................................... 34
Dimensional drawing .......................................................................................................... 34

CT-S range ....................................................................................................................... 35
Benefits and advantages .................................................................................................... 36
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 37
Ordering details and dimensional drawings of accessories ............................................... 40
Function diagrams.............................................................................................................. 41
Star-delta applications ....................................................................................................... 49
Connection diagrams ......................................................................................................... 50
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 53
Technical diagrams............................................................................................................. 55
Wiring notes ....................................................................................................................... 56
Dimensional drawing .......................................................................................................... 56

 5
2CDC110004C0206

Electronic timers CT range Overview 1 2CDC 255 056 F0b06 Special features and differences of CT-D. CT-E and CT-S range Electronic timers CT-D range Electronic timers CT-E range Electronic timers CT-S range the modular timers the economic range the high end timers Ideally suited for installation Perfect price-performance ratio Universal and in distribution panels for OEM users economic 쐍 Diversity: 쐍 Diversity: 쐍 Diversity: 쐍 2 multifunction timers 쐍 2 multifunction timers 쐍 8 multifunction timers 쐍 10 single-function timers 쐍 56 single-function timers 쐍 13 single-function timers 쐍 Devices with: 쐍 4 switching relays 쐍 8 switching relays 쐍 1 or 2 c/o contacts 쐍 Devices with: 쐍 Devices with: 쐍 Control input: voltage-related 쐍 solid-state output for 쐍 1 or 2 c/o contacts triggering. CT-AKE und CT-EKE) instantaneous contact 쐍 Width of only 17. contactless switching 쐍 2nd c/o contact can be selected as capable of switching a parallel load (CT-MKE. the internal potentiometer is disabled. When an external potentiometer is same colour as MDRC range connected. 쐍 Wide connecting screws in M3 쐍 Control input: volt-free or this corresponds to one rail division in (Pozidrive 1) for easy and fast voltage-related triggering the distribution panel. polarized. 쐍 Sealable transparent cover for protection against unautorized changes of time and threshold values 쐍 Integrated marker label 6  2CDC110004C0206 .5 mm. connection 쐍 Remote potentiometer connection: 쐍 Light-grey enclosure in RAL 7035.

CT-APS. CT-MBS. CT-MXS. 0.21. CT-AKE: 1 thyristor c/o contact selectable as inst.05 s . CT-SAD: 4 (0. CT-MFS. 0.2x. 3-300 s.and OFF-delay CT-MVS. CT-AHS. CT-WBS CB Impulse-OFF CT-MFD CT-AWE CT-MVS. CT-SAD CT-SDS FC Star-delta change-over CT-MVS. CT-AHS: volt-free triggering  7 2CDC110004C0206 . contact CT-SDS: 2 n/o contacts Control inputs voltage-related triggering.05 s . CT-MBS F Star-delta change-over CT-SDD. polarized. capable of switching a parallel load with auxiliary voltage parallel load CT-MFS. CT-MFS. CT-AKE CT-MBS CT-ARS.100 h) 10 (0. polarized voltage-related triggering.3-300 min) Control supply voltage Wide and multi ranges Wide ranges Single and dual Wide. capable of switching a CT-MFE. CT-ERS CT-MBS. (depending on device) CT-WBS G Switching relay CT-IRE CT-IRS Technical data (extract) Time ranges 7 (0. further functions CT-MFS. CT-MKE CT-EBE CT-MFS.1-10 s. CT-ARE. Electronic timers CT range Overview CT-D range CT-E range CT-S range 1 1SVC 110 000 F0500 1SVC 110 000 F0503 2CDC 256 059 F0b06 2CDC 253 022 F0b04 2CDC 256 060 F0b06 2CDC 256 061 F0b06 햲 LEDs for status indication 햳 Time range adjustment 햴 Fine adjustment of the desired time delay 햵 Preselection of the desired timing function 햶 Set the 2nd c/o contact as an instantaneous contact Timing function multifunctional single-functional multifunctional single-functional multifunctional single-functional A ON-delay CT-MFD CT-ERD CT-MFE. CT-MFS. with impulse CT-MFS.10 min) (0. CT-MFS. multi and single ranges ranges Type and number of contacts 1 or 2 c/o contacts 1 c/ o contact 1 or 2 c/o cintacts CT-SDD. CT-AHE.05 s. CT-MKE CT-ERE. CT-MVS. CT-MKE CT-MFS. CT-MFS. voltage-related triggering. CT-MBS. CT-MBS CA Impulse-ON CT-MFD CT-VWD CT-MFE. CT-MXS.05-1 s. CT-SDS: 7 (0.300 h) CT-SDD. CT-MKE CT-VWE CT-MVS.10 min) Single-function devices: 5 single ranges CT-ARS. CT-MBS. CT-SAD: 2 n/o contacts CT-SDE: 1 n/o contact and 1 n/c contacts CT-MVS. CT-MFS. CT-MXS. CT-MBS: 2nd CT-MKE. CT-MBS FA Star-delta change-over CT-YDE. CT-MBS CE Impulse-ON and OFF CT-MXS DA Flasher CT-MFD CT-EBD CT-MFE.05 s . 0. CT-MFS. CT-EKE.05 s . CT-SDE twice ON-delayed A+ AC BC G CT-MVS. CT-EKE CT-MVS. staring with OFF CT-WBS DE Flasher CT-MVS starting with ON or OFF ED Pulse generator starting with CT-TGD CT-MXS ON or OFF H Pulse former CT-MFD CT-MFE CT-MVS.100 h) Multifunction devices: 8 (0. CT-VBS AB ON. starting with ON CT-WBS DB Flasher CT-MFD CT-MFE. CT-WBS B OFF-delay CT-MFD CT-AHD CT-MFE CT-AHE. CT-MBS. CT-MBS.3-30 s. CT-AWE: non-polarized.

12 CT-SAD.2x CT-VBS.21 CT-SDS. CAN/CSA C22.2 No.14 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 D GOST 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 K CB scheme 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 E CCC 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 Marks a CE 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 b C-Tick 쐍 왍 쐍 왍 쐍 왍 쐍 쐍 쐍 왍 왍 왍 쐍 existing 왍 pending CT-E CT-AWE CT-VWE CT-MKE CT-MFE CT-AHE CT-YDE CT-SDE CT-ARE CT-AKE CT-ERE CT-EBE CT-EKE CT-IRE Approvals A UL 508.3x Approvals A UL 508.1x CT-IRS.2 No.22 CT-TGD.12 CT-APS. Electronic timers CT range Approvals and marks 1 쐍 existing 왍 pending CT-D CT-VWD.22 CT-SDD.2x CT-APS. CAN/CSA C22.12 CT-AHD.22 CT-MBS.2x CT-ERS.22 CT-EBD.2x CT-IRS.12 CT-MFD.22 Approvals A UL 508.22 CT-MVS.14 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 C GL 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 왍 왍 쐍 D GOST 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 K CB scheme 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 E CCC 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 Marks a CE 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 b C-Tick 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 8  2CDC110004C0206 .21 CT-AHD.22 CT-ARS.12 CT-MXS. CAN/CSA C22.12 CT-ERD.2x CT-MFS.2 No.1x CT-IRS.12 CT-ERS.22 CT-MVS.21 CT-AHS.12 CT-TGD.11 CT-ARS.22 CT-ERD.14 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 C GL 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 D GOST 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 K CB scheme 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 E CCC 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 L RMRS 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 Marks a CE 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 b C-Tick 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 existing 왍 pending CT-S CT-WBS.12 CT-MFD.

...................................................................................................... 19 Wiring notes ............................................... 20 Approvals and marks ......................................................................................................................... 20 Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................ 16 Technical data ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 11 Function diagrams........... 10 Ordering details .................................................................................................. 8  9 2CDC110004C0206 ...................................................... 17 Technical diagrams............................. 13 Connection diagrams ..................................................................  Electronic timers CT-D range 1 Contents Benefits and advantages ..................................................................................

5 mm  7 time ranges.5 mm distribution panels. A. 24-240 V AC Width 17.5 mm 17.the modular timers Ideally suited for installation in distribution panels 2CDC 253 066 F0006 Direct reading scales Direct setting of the time delay without any additional calculation provides accurate time delay adjustment. Electronic timers CT-D range Benefits and advantages 1 CT-D range .05 s to 100 h or With their width of 17.05 s . E / a. 2CDC 253 132 F0006 LEDs for status indication All actual operational states are displayed by front-face LEDs.5 mm² (2 x 14 AWG) without ferrules. R1. from 0.2 x 2.5 mm only. thus simplifying commissioning and troubleshooting.  Light-grey enclosure in RAL 7035  Devices with:  1 c/o contact (250 V / 6 A) or 2 c/o contacts (250 V / 5 A) 2CDC 252 048 F0b06  Control input: voltage-related triggering. polarized.  Control supply voltages:  Wide range: 12-240 V AC/DC 2CDC 253 021 F0004  Multi range: 24-48 V DC.10 min range timers are ideally suited for installation in  Width of only 17.green LED: V control supply voltage applied W timing R. the CT-D 4 time ranges. b Operating controls 햲 LEDs for status indication 2CDC 256 059 F0b06 2CDC 253 022 F0b04 U . Switching currents capable of switching a parallel load The CT-D range timers allow an output load of  Approvals / Marks up to 6 A on devices with 1 c/o contact and up (partly pending) to 5 A on devices with 2 c/o contacts. R2 . 2CDC 255 058 F0b06 Connecting terminals 2CDC 253 033 F0004 Wide terminal spacing allows connection of wires:  Diversity: . from 0.5 mm² (2 x 16 AWG) with wire end  2 multifunction timers ferrules or  10 single-function timers .yellow LED: V output relay energized 햳 Time range adjustment 햴 Fine adjustment of the time delay 햵 Preselection of the multifunctional single-functional timing function Synonyms used expression alternative expression(s) used expression alternative expression(s) 1 c/o contact SPDT voltage-related wet / non-floating 2 c/o contacts DPDT volt-free dry / floating 10  2CDC110004C0206 .2 x 1. K. D.

Pulse former CT-AHD. OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage.. CT-AHD.. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC. 1 c/o contact......22  1SVR 500 110 R0100 1 0. 1 c/o contact..100 h)...... 7 time ranges (0...22 2CDC 251 093 F0b06 1) Functions: ON-delay.......065 / 0.... Electronic timers CT-D range Ordering details 1 2CDC 251 089 F0b06 Control input Pack..............065 / 0..21 CT-ERD: 7 time ranges (0.....12  1SVR 500 020 R0000 1 0..060 / 0..................05 s ..100 h)......100 h). Flasher starting with ON.17  Technical diagrams .22  Function diagrams .. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC...12  1SVR 500 110 R0000 1 0.. 2 LEDs CT-MFD.060 / 0.....132 24-240 V AC CT-MFD.12 1SVR 500 100 R0000 1 0. CT-ERD. Impulse-ON...065 / 0...13  Connection diagrams ...132 24-240 V AC CT-ERD...19  Wiring notes ..... CT-AHD... 7 time ranges (0...143 ON-delay timers A CT-ERD: 7 time ranges (0... 2 LEDs CT-MFD........ CT-MFD............21 12-240 V AC/DC  1SVR 500 020 R1100 1 0..143 24-240 V AC OFF-delay timers B CT-AHD: 7 time ranges (0. 2 c/o contacts.. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC.....132 24-240 V AC 2CDC 251 088 F0b06 CT-MFD: 7 functions 1).. 2 c/o contacts.....16  Technical data ... 2 c/o contacts.05 s ......100 h).......05 s ..05 s ..143 2CDC 251 091 F0b06 24-240 V AC CT-ERD..........100 h)..060 / 0.....12 CT-AHD: 7 time ranges (0. CT-ERD... Flasher starting with OFF. 2 LEDs 2CDC 251 092 F0b06 24-48 V DC. 1 c/o contact.20  Dimensional drawings.....20  11 2CDC110004C0206 ......22 1SVR 500 100 R0100 1 0. Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage....100 h)...12 24-48 V DC.05 s . Weight Rated control Price Type Order code unit 1 piece supply voltage 1 piece pieces kg / lb Multifunction timers CT-MFD: 7 functions 1)..05 s .

. CT-VWD. 2CDC 251 097 F0b06 CT-SAD........ CT-EBD....060 / 0..... 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC....16  Technical data ...05 s ....22 1SVR 500 211 R0100 1 0...05 s ....05 s ...22 1SVR 500 210 R0100 1 0........ CT-TGD.12 CT-SAD: 4 time ranges (0....132 24-240 V AC 2CDC 251 096 F0b06 Flasher...143 24-240 V AC CT-TGD... 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC.. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC.100 h) 2).20  Dimensional drawings....100 h) 2)....065 / 0.... CT-SDD.132 24-240 V AC 2CDC 251 098 F0b06 CT-TGD: 2 x 7 time ranges (0.......... 3 LEDs 24-48 V DC.....17  Technical diagrams ...12 1SVR 500 150 R0000 1 0...22  1SVR 500 160 R0100 1 0..065 / 0........19  Wiring notes ..132 24-240 V AC Pulse generators ED CT-TGD: 2 x 7 time ranges (0..13  Connection diagrams ....12 1SVR 500 130 R0000 1 0..100 h).......... 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC... Weight Rated control Price Type Order code unit 1 piece supply voltage 1 piece pieces kg / lb Impulse-ON timers CA CT-VWD: 7 time ranges (0. CT-EBD.....05 s ..22 2CDC 251 099 F0b06 2) ON and OFF times adjustable independently: 2 x 7 time ranges 0...........100 h).060 / 0. 1 c/o contact.....20 12  2CDC110004C0206 ..10 min).065 / 0.... 1 c/o contact..100 h CT-SDD.............. transition time 50 ms fixed.10 min). 2 c/o contacts.05 s .. 1 c/o contact....143 24-240 V AC Star-delta timers F CT-SDD: 4 time ranges (0...12 CT-TGD.143 24-240 V AC CT-TGD.12 CT-VWD....... 2 n/o contacts..05 s ...05 s ...12  1SVR 500 160 R0000 1 0. Electronic timers CT-D range Ordering details 1 2CDC 251 095 F0b06 Control input Pack..... starting with ON DA CT-EBD: 7 time ranges (0..060 / 0...... 2 n/o contacts..22  Function diagrams ... 3 LEDs 24-48 V DC... transition time adjustable...

the mediately. CT-MFD CT-AHD. turns steady. If control input A1-Y1/B1 is opened. Electronic timers CT-D range Function diagrams Remarks 1 Legend Terminal designations on the device and in the diagrams G Control supply voltage not applied / Output contact open The 1st c/o contact is always designated 15-16/18. 25-28 green LED 15-16. is selected. Timing begins when control supply voltage is applied. the output relay de-energizes complete. Timing starts again when control input A1-Y1/B1 re-opens. The green LED flashes during timing. Control supply voltage is always applied to terminals A1-A2. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. B Control supply voltage applied / Output contact closed The 2nd c/o contact is designated 25-26/28. 25-26 15-18.energizes and the flashing green LED and the time delay is reset. the time delay starts. A1-Y1/B1 Control input with voltage-related triggering The n/o contacts of the star-delta timers are designated with 17-18 and 17-28. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. the output relay energizes im- flashes during timing. 2CDC 252 106 F0206 2CDC 252 107 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18. The green LED If control input A1-Y1/B1 is closed. the time delay is reset and the output relay does not change state. When the selected time delay is complete. A ON-delay B OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (Delay on make) (Delay on break) CT-ERD. the output relay de. When the selected time delay is If control supply voltage is interrupted. Function of the yellow LED The yellow LED R glows as soon as the output relay energizes and turns off when the output relay de-energizes. If control supply voltage is interrupted. 25-28 A1-Y1/B1 15-16. CT-MFD This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. output relay energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. 25-26 t <t green LED t <t t = adjusted time delay t = adjusted time delay  13 2CDC110004C0206 . Control input A1-Y1/B1 of the CT-MFD is disabled when this function If control input A1-Y1/B1 recloses before the time delay is complete.

the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. If control supply voltage is interrupted. the flashing green LED turns steady. and the time delay is reset. 25-28 15-18. which flashes twice as times are displayed by the flashing green LED. 25-26 15-18. CT-MFD CT-MFD Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON & OFF times. the output relay de-energizes dy. before the time delay is complete. fast during the OFF time. 25-26 t <t green LED t <t t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted pulse time DA Flasher. 25-28 15-16. If control supply voltage is interrupted. and the time delay is reset. CT-MFD CT-MFD This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. Closing control input A1-Y1/B1. OFF first) CT-EBD. 25-28 green LED 15-16. starting with the ON time DB Flasher. which flashes twice as fast during the OFF time. The energizes the output relay immediately and starts timing. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. is selected. 25-28 A1-Y1/B1 15-16. the output relay de-energizes and the flashing green LED turns stea- If control supply voltage is interrupted. The output relay energizes immediately when control supply voltage If control supply voltage is applied. is selected. 25-26 green LED green LED t t t t t = adjusted flashing time t = adjusted flashing time 14  2CDC110004C0206 . 2CDC 252 029 F0206 2CDC 252 030 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18. Electronic timers CT-D range Function diagrams 1 CA Impulse-ON (Interval) CB Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage (Trailing edge interval) CT-VWD. Control input A1-Y1/B1 of the CT-MFD is disabled when this function de-energizes the output relay and resets the time delay. ON first) (Recycling equal times. The ON & OFF & OFF times. complete. Control input A1-Y1/B1 of the CT-MFD is disabled when this function Control input A1-Y1/B1 of the CT-MFD is disabled when this function is selected. When the selected pulse time is complete. starting with the OFF time (Recycling equal times. 2CDC 252 108 F0206 2CDC 252 109 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18. the output relay de-energizes If control supply voltage is interrupted. The green green LED flashes during timing. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. 25-26 15-16. The ON & OFF times are displayed by the flashing green LED. opening control input A1-Y1/B1 is applied and de-energizes after the set pulse time is complete. The cycle starts with an ON time first. When the selected pulse time is LED flashes during timing. The cycle starts with an OFF time first.

ON or OFF first) 1 This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. CT-SAD 2CDC 252 112 F0206 A1-A2 This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. 25-26 15-16. After the ON time first. The delta contactor remains energized as long as control supply voltage is applied to the unit. When the starting time is complete. the second output contact energizes the delta contactor con- nected to terminals 17-28. When the selected ON time is complete. with closed control input A1-Y1/B1. starts timing with an OFF time energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. energizes the star 17-28 contactor connected to terminals 17-18 and begins the set starting green LED t1 t2 time t1. If control supply voltage is interrupted. starting with the ON or OFF time (Recycling unequal times. the output relay de-energizes The ON & OFF times are independently adjustable. timing. The green LED flashes during starts timing with an ON time first. 17-18 Applying control supply voltage to terminals A1-A2. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the transition time t2 starts. the first output contact de-energizes the star contactor. 25-26 green LED green LED t t t1 t2 t2 t1 t = adjusted pulse time t1 = adjusted OFF time t2 = adjusted ON time F Star-delta change-over (Star-delta starting) CT-SDD. and the time delay is reset. tely and starts timing. with open control input A1-Y1/B1. Electronic timers CT-D range Function diagrams H Pulse former (Single shot) CT-MFD DE Pulse generator. t1 = adjusted starting time t2 = transition time Now. 25-28 15-16. 2CDC 252 110 F0206 2CDC 252 111 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 A1-Y1/B1 15-18. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. When the transition time is com. Operating the control contact switch A1-Y1/B1 Applying control supply voltage. Applying control supply voltage. CT-SDD: t2 = 50 ms CT-SAD: t2 adjustable plete. The ON & OFF times are displayed by the flashing green LED. is complete. 25-28 15-18. The green LED flashes during timing. CT-TGD Closing control input A1-Y1/B1 energizes the output relay immedia. it can be restarted by closing control input A1-Y1/B1. which flashes twice as fast during the OFF time. the output relay de. 2CDC 252 128 F0b06 2CDC 252 012 F0b07 F3 L1 L2 L3 L1 95 1 3 5 F2 -F1 96 2 4 6 S1 21 0 22 S2 13 53 I K2 14 54 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 -K2 2 4 6 -K3 2 4 6 -K1 2 4 6 17 17 13 13 K1T K2 K1 18 28 14 14 22 22 1 5 4 97 95 K3 K1 -F2 98 96 21 21 3 2 6 A1 A1 A1 A1 -M1 K1T K1 K3 K2 A2 A2 A2 A2 W1 W2 N V1 M V2 U1 3~ U2 Y 욼 N Control circuit diagram Power circuit diagram  15 2CDC110004C0206 . during the time delay has no effect. If control supply voltage is interrupted.

12 2CDC 252 113 F0b06 2CDC 252 114 F0b06 2CDC 252 115 F0b06 2CDC 252 177 F0b05 A1 15 25 A1 15 Y1/B1 A1 15 25 A1 15 Y1/ Y1/ B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 A1 15 25 A1 15 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 18 16 Y1/B1 18 16 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 28 26 A2 28 26 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 12-240 V AC/DC 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1.12 2CDC 252 116 F0b06 2CDC 252 117 F0b06 2CDC 252 179 F0b05 2CDC 252 180 F0b05 A1 15 25 A1 15 Y1/B1 A1 15 A1 15 Y1/ Y1/ B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 A1 15 A1 15 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 18 16 Y1/B1 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 28 26 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 17-18 1. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.22 F CT-SAD. n/o contact 17-18 1.21 CT-MFD. c/o contact A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input ED CT-TGD. n/o contact (delta contactor) (delta contactor) 16  2CDC110004C0206 . c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact (star contactor) (star contactor) A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input 17-28 2. Electronic timers CT-D range Connection diagrams 1 CT-MFD. c/o contact 25-26/28 2.12 F CT-SDD. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. n/o contact 25-26/28 2.22 B CT-AHD. n/o contact 17-28 2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.22 ED CT-TGD. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input B CT-AHD. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.12 CA CT-VWD. c/o contact 25-26/28 2.12 DA CT-EBD.22 2CDC 252 118 F0b06 2CDC 252 119 F0b06 2CDC 252 160 F0b06 2CDC 252 160 F0b06 A1 15 25 A1 15 Y1/B1 A1 17 A1 17 Y1/ Y1/ B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 A1 17 A1 17 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 A2 18 28 A2 18 28 18 16 Y1/B1 18 16 A2 28 18 A2 28 18 A2 28 26 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1.22 A CT-ERD.12 A CT-ERD.

Supply circuit Rated control supply voltage US A1-A2 24-240 V AC / 24-48 V DC A1-A2 12-240 V AC/DC - (CT-MFD. 17-28 relay.) 5-100 s 4. Rated operational current DC13 = 1 A 2) CT-MFD.21: Rated operational current AC15 (n/c contact) = 0. CT-SAD 앐3 ms Indication of operational states Control supply voltage / timing U: green LED V: control supply voltage applied W: timing Relay status R: yellow LED V: output relay 1 or 2 energized Output circuit Kind of output 15-16/18 relay.) 0. max./ 1.5-10 min Recovery time < 50 ms Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 욼t < 0./ 1.) 5-100 h 4 time ranges 0. 20 ms min.) 5-100 s (CT-SDD.) 0.005 % / V Accuracy within the temperature range 욼t < 0.5-10 s 3.. Make / Break at C 300 = 1800/180 VA  17 2CDC110004C0206 .21 (n/c contact): Utilization category = C 300.05-1 s 2.) 0.3 VA see data sheet 115 V AC .05 s .05 s .100 pF/m Minimum control pulse length 30 ms Control voltage potential see rated control supply voltage Current consumption of the control input max.21) Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15. if nothing else indicated 1 Type CT-D with 1 c/o contact CT-D with 2 c/o contacts Input circuit . see data sheet Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 12 V / 100 mA Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current see load limit curves Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 6A 5A (IEC 60947-5-1 ) AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A 3 A 1) DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 6A 5A DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A 3 A 1) AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 B 300 2) (UL 508) max.6 W see data sheet 230 V AC . making /breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA 3600/360 VA 2) 1) CT-MFD. continuous thermal current at C 300 = 2.5-10 min 5.06 % / °C Star-delta transition time CT-SDD fixed 50 ms CT-SAD adjustable: 20 -100 ms in steps of 10 ms Star-delta transition time tolerance CT-SDD. CT-SAD) Contact material Cd-free. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max.) 0.100 h 1. 1 c/o contact - 15-16/18.75 A.+10 % Rated frequency AC/DC versions DC or 50/60 Hz AC versions 50/60 Hz Frequency range AC/DC versions DC or 47-63 Hz AC versions 47-63 Hz Typical current / power consumption 24 V DC .10 min 1. 4 mA see data sheet Timing circuit Time ranges 7 time ranges 0.5-10 s 3.) 0.3 VA see data sheet Power failure buffering time min.5 A.Control circuit Kind of triggering voltage-related triggering Control input.05-1 s 2.) 0.. Electronic timers CT-D range Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values.5-10 h 7. relay. 25-26/28 .) 5-100 min 6. 2 c/o contacts 17-18. 2 n/o contacts (CT-SDD. Control function A1-Y1/B1 start timing external Parallel load / polarized yes / yes Maximum cable length to the control input 50 m ./ 0. 30 ms Input circuit . continuous thermal current at B 300 5A 5 A 2) max. CT-SAD) 4.) 0.

8 18  2CDC110004C0206 ..5 mm2 (1 x 20-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0..28 inches) Weight see ordering details Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715).... snap-mounting without any tool Mounting position any Minimum distance to other units horizontal / vertical no / no Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0.5 kV.... 95 % RH Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60068-2-6) 40 m/s2..... 20 cycles. 50 Hz..5-2.... IEC/EN 61000-6-4 electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22..150..5-1.... 1 s Standards Product standard IEC 61812-1. EN 55022 Class B • Approvals ...10 Hz Shock (half-sine) (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) 100 m/s2. 55 °C....5 % Dimensions (W x H x D) 17..... +85 °C Damp heat (cyclic) (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) 6 x 24 h cycles..5-1. IEC/EN 60664-1) Pollution category (IEC/EN 60664-1..5 mm x 80 mm x 58 mm (0.1 x 106 switching cycles Short-circuit proof / n/c contact 6 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) n/o contact 10 A fast-acting General data Duty time 100% Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 욼t < 앐0...69 x 3. routine test) between all isolated circuits 2.. IEC/EN 61140) Power-frequency withstand voltage test (test voltage.. +60 °C / -40 . UL 508) III Rated insulation voltage Ui input circuit / output circuit 300 V output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V Basic insulation (IEC/EN 61140) input circuit / output circuit 300 V Protective separation input circuit / output circuit 250 V (VDE 0106 part 101 and part 101/A1. 230 V. EN 55022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22.2/50 μs between all isolated circuits (VDE 0110..5 mm2 (2 x 20-16 AWG) 1 x 0... 11 ms Isolation data Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV..15 x 2.....5-0.. DIN VDE 0435 part 2021 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity IEC/EN 61000-6-1.28 inches) (0...5-4 mm2 (1 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0... VDE 0110... 10....... 1....76 x 2..28 inches) Tightening torque 0. if nothing else indicated Type CT-D with 1 c/o contact CT-D with 2 c/o contacts Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime at AC12........ 4 A 0....... UL 508) 3 Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664-1.5 mm x 70 mm x 58 mm 17.. VDE 0110.......69 x 2.. Electronic timers CT-D range Technical data 1 Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values.8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20 ... EN 61812-1 + A11.5 mm2 (2 x 20-16 AWG) 1 x 0. IEC/EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L) HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3...

0 cos ϕ Switching current [A]  19 2CDC110004C0206 .7 250 V resistive load 0.2x CT-D.2 0.5 0.2x Derating factor F Contact lifetime for inductive AC load 1.1x 2CDC 252 122 F0206 2CDC 252 121 F0206 DC voltage [V] AC voltage [V] resistive load resistive load AC current [A] DC current [A] CT-D.1x CT-D.6 0.7 0.1 0.5 0.4 0.3 0. Electronic timers CT-D range Technical diagrams Technical diagrams 1 Load limit curves AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) 2CDC 252 044 F0207 2CDC 252 045 F0207 DC voltage [V] AC voltage [V] resistive load resistive load AC current [A] DC current [A] CT-D.0 2CDC 252 123 F0206 Switching cycles 2CDC 252 124 F0206 Derating factor F 0.9 1.6 0.9 0.8 0.8 0.

4 1.28“ 0. Electronic timers CT-D range Wiring notes.5 5 43.2“ 17.76“ 45 1.5 5 43.69“ 0.4 1. Dimensional drawings 1 Wiring notes for devices with control input A parallel load to the control input is possible L(+) 2CDC 252 102 F0b06 A1 Y1/B1 A2 N(-) Dimensional drawings dimensions in mm 58 2.71“ 17.15“ 45 1.77“ 70 2.71“ 80 3.28“ 58 2.2“ 0.69“ 0.77“ 2CDC 252 131 F0b06 2CDC 252 130 F0b06 CT-D devices with 1 c/o contact or 2 n/o contacts CT-D devices with 2 c/o contacts 20  2CDC110004C0206 .

.. 32 Technical diagrams...................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8  21 2CDC110004C0206 ............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 34 Approvals and marks ........................................................................... 34 Dimensional drawing ................................................ 23 Function diagrams................................... 26 Connection diagrams .......................... 31 Technical data ......................................... 34 Wiring notes ......................................................................................................... 22 Ordering details ................................  Electronic timers CT-E range 1 Contents Benefits and advantages ..........

 2 multifunction timers  56 single-function timers  4 switching relays  Control supply voltages  Single range: 110-130 V AC.or crosshead screwdriver.1-10 s. 3-300 s. 220-240 V AC  Dual range: 24 V AC/DC  Wide range: 24-240 V AC/DC (CT-MFE)  Time ranges:  5 single time ranges: 0. 1SVC 110 000 F0500 LEDs for status indication All actual operational states are displayed by front-face LEDs. 0.8 A)  Wide connecting screws for easy and fast connection  Switching relay CT-IRE for added switching contacts with either side-by-side or diagonal positioned connection terminals  Approvals / Marks (depending on device) A. pan. D.05 s . Electronic timers CT-E range Benefits and advantages 1 CT-E range .100 h (CT-MFE)  Devices with:  1 c/o contact (250 V / 4 A) or solid-state output for high switching frequencies (thyristor 0. 0.3-30 min  8 time ranges: 0. E.05-1 s.3-30 s. 2CDC 255 011 F0b05 1SVC 110 000 F0506 Connecting screws in M3 (Pozidrive 1) Easy and fast tightening and release of the con-  Diversity: necting screws with pozidrive. b Operating controls LEDs for status indication 1SVC 110 000 F0503 1SVC 110 000 F0500 U .the economy range Perfect price-performance ratio for OEM users 1SVC 110 000 F0508 Direct reading scales Direct setting of the time delay without any additional calculation provides accurate time delay adjustment. L / a. thus simplifying commissioning and troubleshooting.green LED: V control supply voltage applied R2: red LED: V output relay energized Time range adjustment Fine adjustment of the time delay Preselection of the timing function multifunctional single-functional Synonyms used expression alternative expression(s) used expression alternative expression(s) 1 c/o contact SPDT voltage-related wet / non-floating 2 c/o contacts DPDT volt-free dry / floating 22  2CDC110004C0206 . K. 0. C.

... 8 time ranges (0.3-30 s  1SVR 550 111 R4100 1 0.08 / 0..1-10 s 1SVR 550 120 R1100 1 0....05 s CT-MFE 24-240 V AC/DC  1SVR 550 029 R8100 1 0.18 CT-ERE 0..18 CT-ERE 0...32  Technical diagrams .. Flasher starting with ON.08 / 0.....08 / 0..3-30 s  1SVR 550 118 R4100 1 0..........18 ...08 / 0...18 220-240 V AC 0...08 / 0.. OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage.... Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage..08 / 0.....100 h 1SVR 550 107 F4100 ON-delay timers A CT-ERE: 1 c/o contact..18 24 V AC/DC 0..... Pulse former  Function diagrams ..08 / 0...1-10 s  1SVR 550 110 R1100 1 0.08 / 0.18 1SVR 550 127 F4100 0.....18 1SVR 550 111 F1100 0.08 / 0.....100 h).. Weight Rated control Time Price Type Order code unit 1 piece supply voltage range 1 piece piece kg / lb Multifunction timer CT-MFE: 6 functions1). 2 LEDs 0.18 CT-ARE: without auxiliary voltage.. Impulse-ON. Flasher starting with OFF..08 / 0..1-10 s  1SVR 550 118 R1100 1 0.........08 / 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 107 R4100 1 0..18 24 V AC/DC.1-10 s 1SVR 550 127 R1100 1 0.08 / 0..08 / 0..18 CT-AHE CT-AHE 110-130 V AC 0.05 s ..18 220-240 V AC 0.18 OFF-delay timers B CT-AHE: 1 c/o contact...3-30 s  1SVR 550 110 R4100 1 0...18 3-300 s  1SVR 550 111 R2100 1 0.3-30 s 1SVR 550 100 R4100 1 0.08 / 0.18 3-300 s  1SVR 550 118 R2100 1 0..18 0....18 1) Functions: ON-delay.08 / 0....... 1 c/o contact..08 / 0.........34  Dimensional drawing ........... 0...26  Connection diagrams ....1-10 s 1SVR 550 100 R1100 1 0.18 3-300 s  1SVR 550 110 R2100 1 0.....18 CT-ARE 0...34  Wiring notes .31  Technical data .3-30 s 1SVR 550 127 R4100 1 0..3-30 s 1SVR 550 120 R4100 1 0...08 / 0..08 / 0.... 1 LED 24 V AC/DC.18 0.......1-10 s 1SVR 550 107 R1100 1 0...34  23 2CDC110004C0206 ....3-30 min 1SVR 550 107 R5100 1 0..08 / 0.18 CT-ARE 110-130 V AC 0.......08 / 0.... 2 LEDs CT-MFE 0.08 / 0.....18 110-130 V AC 3-300 s 1SVR 550 100 R2100 1 0....1-10 s  1SVR 550 111 R1100 1 0. 0.. 2 LEDs 0..18 220-240 V AC 3-300 s 1SVR 550 107 R2100 1 0.... Electronic timers CT-E range Ordering details 1 1SVR 550 029 F8100 Control input Pack..... 1 c/o contact..08 / 0....3-30 min 1SVR 550 100 R5100 1 0.....

...18 Flasher........1-10 s  1SVR 550 141 R1100 1 0..05-1 s 1SVR 550 150 R3100 1 0.... 1 c/o contact..08 / 0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 200 R1100 1 0.. 2 LEDs 0.34  Dimensional drawing .18 220-240 V AC 0.. 1 c/o contact.. 1 c/o contact.. 1SVR 550 167 R1100 1 0..08 / 0. OFF-delayed without auxiliary voltage...08 / 0.......18 Impulse-OFF timers CB CT-AWE: without auxiliary voltage... starting with OFF CB CT-EBE: with symmetrical ON & OFF times............3-30 s 1SVR 550 207 R4100 1 0.08 / 0..1-10 s  1SVR 550 140 R1100 1 0... 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 158 R3100 1 0.08 / 0...18 110-130 V AC 0..08 / 0........18 1SVR 550 207 F4100 3-300 s  1SVR 550 141 R2100 1 0....18 24 V AC/DC 0.....3-30 s 1SVR 550 130 R4100 1 0.18 1SVR 550 167 F1100 CT-AWE: with auxiliary voltage... 2 LEDs 0.08 / 0.1-10 s 1SVR 550 137 R1100 1 0..1-10 s  1SVR 550 148 R1100 1 0.08 / 0..18 24 V AC/DC.. 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DC....18 3-300 s 1SVR 550 130 R2100 1 0...3-30 s  1SVR 550 140 R4100 1 0..08 / 0.08 / 0....18 CT-EBE 220-240 V AC 0....18 0.... 1 c/o contact..3-30 s 1SVR 550 137 R4100 1 0..18 220-240 V AC 3-300 s 1SVR 550 137 R2100 1 0.....08 / 0..18  Function diagrams .18 CT-EBE 0...18 3-300 s 1SVR 550 200 R2100 1 0.32  Technical diagrams ...08 / 0..... FC CT-YDE: ON-delayed... 0....08 / 0...18 2CDC 251 125 F0b04 CT-VWE 0.08 / 0.26  Connection diagrams ..08 / 0....1-10 s 1SVR 550 207 R1100 1 0...08 / 0.18 CT-AWE CT-AWE 110-130 V AC 0.18 220-240 V AC 3-300 s 1SVR 550 207 R2100 1 0.18 CT-YDE Star-delta timers FA....18 CT-YDE 0..18 CT-VWE 24 V AC/DC......08 / 0. 0............3-30 s 1SVR 550 200 R4100 1 0......1-10 s 1SVR 550 130 R1100 1 0.18 3-300 s  1SVR 550 140 R2100 1 0...3-30 s  1SVR 550 148 R4100 1 0.18 110-130 V AC 0..3-30 s  1SVR 550 141 R4100 1 0..18 3-300 s  1SVR 550 148 R2100 1 0..34  Wiring notes .08 / 0...31  Technical data .18 220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 151 R3100 1 0..1-10 s 110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 160 R1100 1 0.. 2 LEDs 0.......08 / 0.08 / 0.08 / 0...08 / 0..34 24  2CDC110004C0206 ......08 / 0.08 / 0. Weight Rated control Time Price Type Order code unit 1 piece supply voltage range 1 piece piece kg / lb Impulse-ON timers CA CT-VWE: 1 c/o contact....18 CT-AWE 110-130 V AC 0.....08 / 0. Electronic timers CT-E range Ordering details 1 1SVR 550 137 F1100 Control input Pack..08 / 0....

1 LED 0. They are connected directly in series with the control coil of contactors or relays.....1-10 s 1SVR 550 519 R1000 1 0..08 / 0. Weight Rated control Time Price Type Order code unit 1 piece supply voltage range 1 piece piece kg / lb CT-SDE: ON-delayed with fixed transition time.08 / 0.18 3-300 s 1SVR 550 519 R2000 1 0....1-10 s..3-30 s 110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 210 R4100 1 0..18 1SVR 550 019 F0000 Solid-state output / contactless Multifunction timer CT-MKE: 4 functions1)..08 / 0..08 / 0. 1 LED 1SVR 550 509 F2000 0........... 1) Functions: ON-delay (AC/DC)...08 / 0.08 / 0..3-30 s 1SVR 550 519 R4000 1 0...... 1SVR 550 217 R4100 1 0.......KE are solid-state timers with thyristor output for 2-wire applications.. Flasher starting with ON (AC only).18 CT-EKE 24-240 V AC/DC 0.. A1/A2 diagonally...18 3-300 s CT-MKE ON-delay timers A CT-EKE: solid-state output.08 / 0..18 380-415 V AC 1SVR 550 212 R4100 1 0.....32  Technical diagrams ... 1 c/o contact...18 CT-IRE 220-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 231 R9100 1 0.18 CT-EKE CT-AKE 24-240 V AC 0.....08 / 0.. solid-state output. 1 LED 0.... Flasher starting with OFF (AC only) CT-AKE  Function diagrams ......18 CT-IRE: Impulse-OFF..31  Technical data .....34  25 2CDC110004C0206 ......26  Connection diagrams .........3-30 s 1SVR 550 509 R4000 1 0...................... functions and time range selection via external jumpers...18 OFF-delay timers B CT-AKE: solid-state output.08 / 0..18 3-300 s 1SVR 550 509 R2000 1 0.....08 / 0... 1 n/c contact..1-10 s 1SVR 550 509 R1000 1 0............. 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DC...18 CT-IRE 220-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 221 R9100 1 0........ Impulse-ON (AC only). Voltage should not be applied without a load con- nected.. 1 c/o contact....18 2CDC 251 128 F0b04 Switching relays G CT-IRE: Impulse-OFF....08 / 0.. 2 LEDs 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 228 R9100 1 0.08 / 0. A1/A2 on top..18 1SVR 550 519 F1000 Notice: CT-.. internally wired. because there is no current limiting in the unit.. 2 LEDs CT-IRE 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 238 R9100 1 0.. 1 n/o contact.. Electronic timers CT-E range Ordering details 1 2CDC 251 059 F0b03 Control input Pack.08 / 0............... CT-MKE 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 550 019 R0000 1 0..34  Wiring notes .08 / 0....18 220-240 V AC CT-SDE CT-SDE 0......34  Dimensional drawing ...

The output relay does not energize. resets the time delay. Timing is controlled by a control input. the output relay de-energizes. CT-MFE Timing begins when control supply voltage is applied. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the Control input A1-Y1 of the CT-MFE is disabled when this function is time delay is reset. When the se. input A1-Y1 is opened. delay is complete. 2CDC 252 130 F0205 2CDC 252 132 F0205 A1-A2/B1 A1-A2 15-18 A1-Y1 15-16 15-18 green LED 15-16 red LED green LED t <t red LED t t = adjusted time delay t = adjusted time delay Minimum control pulse length: 20 ms 26  2CDC110004C0206 . If control input A1-Y1 closes before the time delay is complete. the output relay de-energizes If the control contact is closed. A ON-delay (Delay on make) B OFF-delay. opens. B Control supply voltage applied / Output contact closed The n/o contacts are designated with 15-16 and 15-18. lected time delay is complete. Function of the red LED The red LED R glows as soon as the output relay energizes and turns off when the output relay de-energizes. Electronic timers CT-E range Function diagrams 1 Remarks Legend Terminal designations on the device and in the diagrams G Control supply voltage not applied / Output contact open The c/o contact is always designated 15-16/18. Timing starts again when the control input re- selected. the output relay energizes. with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break) CT-ERE. connected to terminals A1-Y1. If control supply voltage is interrupted. the output relay energizes. When the time Interrupting control supply voltage before the time delay is complete. If control and the time delay is reset. A1-Y1/B1 Control input with voltage-related triggering Control supply voltage is always applied to terminals A1-A2/B1. the selected time delay starts. CT-MFE CT-AHE.

for proper operation. the time delay is reset and the output relay de-energizes. without auxiliary voltage CB Impulse-OFF. plete. When the selected time delay is complete. is applied and de-energizes when the selected time delay is comple- Applying control supply voltage. energizes the output relay. When timing is complete. before the time delay is com. Electronic timers CT-E range Function diagrams B OFF-delay. If control te. Control supply voltage must be applied for the minimum energizing time (200 ms). control input A1-Y1. time function is configured. the time delay is reset and the output relay remains energized. Control supply voltage must be applied for the minimum energizing time (200 ms). de-energizes the output relay and plete. energizes. before the time delay is complete. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. for proper operation. CT-MFE 1 The OFF-delay function without auxiliary voltage does not require The output relay energizes immediately when control supply voltage control supply voltage for timing. If control supply voltage is re-applied. relay de-energizes. 2CDC 252 138 F0205 2CDC 252 137 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18 A1-Y1 15-16 15-18 green LED 15-16 red LED green LED t red LED t t = adjusted pulse time t = adjusted pulse time  27 2CDC110004C0206 . before the time delay is com. energizes the output relay immediately and If control supply voltage is interrupted. If control supply voltage is re-applied. resets the time delay. Opening control supply voltage for timing. The control input A1-Y1 of the CT-MFE has to be jumpered if this plete. 2CDC 252 133 F0205 2CDC 252 134 F0205 A1-A2/B1 A1-A2/B1 15-18 15-18 15-16 15-16 green LED green LED t red LED t <t t = adjusted time delay t = adjusted pulse time CB Impulse-OFF. Interrupting control supply voltage or closing control input A1-Y1. the output relay energizes and timing begins. supply voltage is interrupted. the output the OFF time starts. the output relay de-energizes. When timing is If control supply voltage is interrupted before the time delay is com- complete. the OFF-delay starts. without auxiliary voltage (true delay on break) CT-ARE CA Impulse-ON (Interval) CT-VWE. the output relay de. with auxiliary voltage (True trailing edge interval) CT-AWE (Trailing edge interval) CT-AWE The Impulse-OFF function without auxiliary voltage does not require This function requires continuous control supply voltage.

Operating the control input switch A1-Y1 during the time delay has Applying control supply voltage. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. and the time delay is reset. Electronic timers CT-E range Function diagrams 1 DA Flasher starting with ON (Recycling equal times. starts timing with symmetrical ON & OFF times. The cycle starts with an OFF time first. If control supply voltage is interrupted during timing. the output relay de-energizes If control supply voltage is interrupted. Control input A1-Y1 of the CT-MFE is disabled when this function is Control input A1-Y1 of the CT-MFE is disabled when this function is selected. After the time delay is complete. starts timing with symmetrical ON & Applying control supply voltage. energizes the output relay. selected. the output relay de-energizes. If control supply voltage is interrupted. or as a coupling/decoupling inter- time. the output relay de-energizes and the ON time is reset. The out- no effect. OFF times. 2CDC 252 139 F0205 2CDC 252 140 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2/B1 15-18 15-18 15-16 15-16 green LED green LED red LED red LED t t t t t = adjusted flashing time t = adjusted flashing time H Pulse former (Single shot) G Switching relay CT-MFE CT-IRE Closing the control input connected to terminals A1-Y1. it can be restarted by closing control input A1-Y1. OFF first) CT-EBE. The cycle starts with an ON time first. 2CDC 252 136 F0205 2CDC 252 145 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-Y1 15-18 15-16 15-18 15-16 green LED green LED red LED t t t = adjusted pulse time 28  2CDC110004C0206 . face. CT-MFE Applying control supply voltage. When the ON time is complete. put relay de-energizes if supply voltage is interrupted. energizes the output relay for the selected ON contacts or to reinforce contacts. with control The switching relay may be used to increase the number of available supply voltage applied. ON first) CT-MFE DB Flasher starting with OFF (Recycling equal times.

When the transition time is complete. Now. contact 15-16 de-energizes the W1 W2 star contactor (K1). contact 15-16 energizes the delta contactor (K3). Electronic timers CT-E range Function diagrams FA Star-delta change-over 1 1SVC 110 000 F0390 CT-YDE Applying control supply voltage. 2CDC 252 133 F0206 A1-A2/B1 15-18 15-16 green LED red LED Star contactor Delta contactor t1 t2 t1 = adjustable starting time t2 = fixed transition time of 50 ms Control circuit diagram 2CDC 252 012 F0b07 L1 L2 L3 1 3 5 -F1 2 4 6 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 -K2 2 4 6 -K3 2 4 6 -K1 2 4 6 FC Star-delta change-over 1 5 4 97 95 CT-SDE -F2 98 96 Applying control supply voltage. the fixed transition time starts. energizes the star contactor (K1) and the line contactor (K2) and begins the set starting time. contact 15-18 energizes the delta contactor (K3). V1 M V2 U1 3~ U2 When the transition time is complete. energizes the star contactor (K1) and 3 2 6 the line contactor (K2) and begins the set starting time. When the starting time is complete. Power circuit diagram 1SVC 110 000 F 0392 2CDC 252 134 F0206 A1-A2/B1 15-18 15-16 green LED red LED Star contactor Delta contactor t1 t2 t1 = adjustable starting time t2 = fixed transition time of 30 ms Control circuit diagram  29 2CDC110004C0206 . contact 15-16 de-energizes the star contactor (K1) Now. -M1 When the starting time is complete. the fixed transition time starts.

When the selected time delay is complete. Interrupting control supply voltage resets the time delay and de-ener- gizes the load. the load de-energizes and the When the control input closes. When control supply voltage is applied to red LED terminal A1 and the load connected in series with A2. When the selected time control supply voltage at terminal A1 and the load connected in se- delay is complete. The load does not energize. If control t = adjusted flashing time supply voltage is interrupted. de-ener. G Flasher. D Impulse-ON (Interval) 2CDC 252 147 F0205 A1-A2 Thyristor A1-A2 External connection X1-X4 required. the load de-energizes. t = adjusted pulse time gizes the load and resets the time delay. the load connected to A1-A2 energizes. The cycle starts with an OFF time first (load de-energized). If control supply t = adjusted flashing time voltage is interrupted.1-10 s X3-X4 open: 3-300 s A ON-delay (Delay on make) B OFF-delay. Voltage should not be applied without a load connected. starting with ON 2CDC 252 148 F0205 A1-A2 Thyristor A1-A2 External connection X1-X4 and X2-X4 required. the load de-energizes. 2CDC 252 150 F0205 2CDC 252 151 F0205 A1-AL A1-AL Thyristor A1-AL Y1-Y2 green LED Thyristor A1-AL t <t green LED t t = adjusted time delay t = adjusted time delay Notice: CT-.. When control supply voltage is red LED applied to terminal A1 and the load connected in series with A2. The ON & OFF times are equal. the load ener- t t gizes and de-energizes with the selected ON & OFF times.KE are solid-state timers with thyristor output for 2-wire applications. They are connected directly in series with the control coil of con- tactors or relays. The ON & OFF times are equal. 20 ms). opens. Timing is controlled by a control input. Timing starts again when the control input re-opens. because there is no current limiting in the unit. the load de-energizes and the time delay is reset. The load energizes and timing starts when red LED control supply voltage is applied to terminal A1 and the load connected in se- t <t ries with A2. the load energizes. the load de-energizes and the time delay is reset. The green LED glows as long ries with AL. 30  2CDC110004C0206 . The load does not energize. the selected time delay starts (minimum control pulse length is Interrupting control supply voltage before the time delay is complete. If control supply voltage is interrupted. connected to terminals Y2-A2. red LED lected time delay is complete. The cycle starts with an ON time first (load energized). resets the time delay. If control t <t supply voltage is interrupted.. Electronic timers CT-E range Function diagrams 1 Multifunction timer CT-MKE Functions and time ranges are programmed by simply plugging in external wire jumpers. If control input Y2-A2 closes before the time delay is complete. the time delay is reset and the load remains energized. for timing. When the se. with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break) CT-EKE CT-AKE Timing begins when control supply voltage is applied to terminal A1 The OFF-delay function with auxiliary voltage requires continuous and the load connected in series with AL. the load energizes and t t de-energizes with the selected ON & OFF times. F Flasher. When the selected time delay is complete. starting with OFF 2CDC 252 149 F0205 A1-A2 Thyristor A1-A2 External connection X2-X4 required. Programming the time ranges X3-X4 jumpered: 0. A ON-delay (Delay on Make) 2CDC 252 146 F0205 A1-A2 Without external connection. resets the t = adjusted time delay time delay. Timing begins when control supply voltage is Thyristor A1-A2 applied to terminal A1 and the load connected in series with A2. the load de-energizes and the time delay is reset. the load energizes. Interrupting control supply voltage before the time delay is complete. If the control input time delay is reset. as the load is energized. The green LED glows as long as the load is energized. Interrupting control supply voltage before the time delay is complete.

34  31 2CDC110004C0206 ........ Electronic timers CT-E range Connection diagrams CT-MFE 2CDC 252 152 F0005 A CT-ERE B CT-AHE 1) B CT-ARE 1 2CDC 252 153 F0005 2CDC 252 154 F0005 2CDC 252 155 F0005 A1 15 Y1 A1 15 B1 A1 15 Y1 A1 15 B1 A1 15 A1 B1 15 A1 15 A1 B1 15 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1(+)-A2(-) Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-240 V AC/DC 220-240 V AC or 24 V AC/DC or 220-240 V AC or 110-130 V AC 110-240 V AC or 110-130 V AC A1-B1 Supply: 220-240 V AC A1-B1 Supply: A1-Y1 Control input 24 V AC/DC A1-Y1 Control input 24 V AC/DC 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact D CT-VWE E CT-AWE E CT-AWE 1) G CT-EBE 2CDC 252 156 F0b05 2CDC 252 157 F0b05 2CDC 252 158 F0b05 2CDC 252 159 F0005 A1 15 B1 A1 15 A1 15 Y1 A1 15 B1 A1 15 A1 15 A1 15 A1 B1 15 A2 B1 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 Device without aux...... voltage A1-A2 Supply: A1(+)-A2(-) Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 220-240 V AC or 24 V AC/DC or 24 V AC/DC or 220-240 V AC or 110-130 V AC 110-240 V AC or 110-240 V AC or 110-130 V AC A1-B1 Supply: 220-240 V AC 220-240 V AC A1-B1 Supply: 24 V AC/DC A1-Y1 Control input 24 V AC/DC 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact I CT-YDE J CT-SDE J CT-SDE K CT-IRE 2CDC 252 160 F0005 2CDC 252 161 F0005 2CDC 252 162 F0005 2CDC 252 163 F0005 A1 15 B1 A1 15 B1 A1 15 A1 11 A1 15 A1 15 A1 15 A1 11 A2 B1 16 18 A2 B1 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 12 14 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 A2 12 14 A2 Device: Devices: Supply terminals 1SVR 550 217 R4100 1SVR 550 210 R4100.......... voltage Device with aux............. 1SVR 550 212 R4100 diagonally positioned A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 220-240 V AC or 220-240 V AC 110-130 V AC or 24 V AC/DC or 110-130 V AC A1-B1 Supply: 380-415 V AC 220-240 V AC/DC A1-B1 Supply: 24 V AC/DC 24 V AC/DC 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact 15-16/18 c/o contact 11-12/14 c/o contact K CT-IRE CT-MKE A CT-EKE B CT-AKE 2CDC 252 164 F0005 2CDC 252 165 F0005 2CDC 252 166 F0005 2CDC 252 167 F0005 A1 A2 A1 X1 X2 A1 AL A1 AL A1 A1 A1 A1 11 Y2 U A2 AL AL A2 A2 12 14 11 12 14 X3 X4 A2 Y2 A2 Supply terminals on one side of the device A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-AL Supply: A1-AL Supply: 24 V AC/DC or 24-240 V AC/DC 24-240 V AC/DC 24-240 V AC 220-240 V AC/DC A1-A2 Thyristor A1-AL Thyristor A1-AL Thyristor 11-12/14 c/o contact X1-X4 Timing function adjustment Y2-A2 Control input X2-X4 Timing function adjustment X3-X4 Time range adjustment (Details see function diagrams) • 1) Wiring notes ...

Control function A1-Y1 start timing external - Parallel load / polarized no / yes 1) - Minimum control pulse length 20 ms - Control voltage potential see US - Timing circuit Time ranges 1 of 5 time ranges per singlefunction device 0.) 0.1-300 s (CT-MKE) .0 VA/W - Current consumption while timing 울 2 mA (24-60 V AC/DC) - 울 8 mA (60-240 V AC/DC) Input circuit .100 h (CT-MFE) 1. A1-AL .05-1 s 2.05 s . Electronic timers CT-E range Technical data 1 Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values. 2.3-30 min 8 time ranges 0. rated operational voltage 300 V AC - max. 1 c/o contact - A1-A2.0 VA/W 110-130 V AC.) 0. A1-AL 24-240 V AC/DC A1-A2.) 5-100 h 2 time ranges 0. making /breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA - 1) CT-MFE: yes / no 32  2CDC110004C0206 . 220-240 V AC approx.) 3-300 s Recovery time <50 ms CT-ARE: <200 ms CT-MKE: <100 ms CT-AWE. IEC 60947-1) 250 V Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC.0-2.. 250 V DC - Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A - (IEC 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A - DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A - DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A - AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 - (UL 508) max. 1.) 0. 3. 1.5-10 s 3.1-10 s 0.5-10 h 8.) 50-1000 s - 5.5-10 min 6. 1.Supply circuit Rated control supply voltage US A1-A2.05-1 s 0. if nothing else indicated Type CT-E (relays) CT-E (solide-state) Input circuit .3-30 s 3-300 s 0.06 % / °C - Star-delta transition time CT-YDE / CT-SDE 50 ms / 30 ms - Minimum energizing time CT-ARE 200 ms - Indication of operational states Control supply voltage U: green LED V: control supply voltage applied Relay status R: red LED V: output relay energized Output circuit Kind of output 15-16/18 relay.5 % / V Repeat accuracy within the temperature range 욼t <0. A1-AL 24-240 V AC A1-A2 110-130 V AC - A1-A2 220-240 V AC - A1-A2 380-415 V AC - A1-B1 24 V AC/DC - Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15. CT-SDE: <400 ms CT-AKE: <300 ms CT-YDE: <500 ms Repeat accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 욼t <0. 24-240 V AC approx. Thyristor Contact material AgCdO - Rated operational voltage Ue (VDE 0110.+10 % Rated frequency AC/DC versions DC or 50/60 Hz AC versions 50/60 Hz Current / power consumption 24-240 V AC/DC.1-10 s 2.0 VA - 24 V AC/DC approx.) 0.) 0..0 VA - 380-415 V AC approx.) 5-100 s 4.) 5-100 min 7. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A - max.1 % / °C CT-MFE: 욼t <0.Control circuit Kind of triggering voltage-related triggering - Control input.

CT-AKE: 0.5 mm2 (2 x 18-16 AWG) rigid 2 x 0.09 inch x 3..5 mm2 (2 x 18-16 AWG) without wire end ferrule 2 x 1-1..75-1. 50 Hz..07 inch) Weight approx. IEC 255-5) III/C Overvoltage category (VDE 0110.5 kV. CT-AKE: 울 15 A Voltage drop in connected state .. 230 V.+60 °C / -40. 22 m / 2.886 inch x 3. IEC 60947-1) 500 V (supply up to 440 V) Standards Product standard IEC 61812-1.39 inch) Tightening torque 0. 93 % rel.176 lb) Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715) Mounting position any Minimum distance to other units horizontal / vertical no / no Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 0.2 nF General data Duty time 100 % Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 욼t <1 % Dimensions (W x H x D) 22. CT-ARE: 5 A - Minimum load current CT-MKE: 20 mA - CT-EKE.5 mm x 78 mm (0. 1.8 A at Ta = 20 °C - CT-EKE. if nothing else indicated 1 Type CT-E (relays) CT-E (solide-state) Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles - Electrical lifetime at AC12. 100 m / 10 nF 100 pF/m : at 60 V AC . CT-ARE: 5 A - maximum fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast-acting. IEC 664.. control circuit and output circuit 300 V (supply up to 240 V) (VDE 0110. 55 °C. IEC 255-5) III/C Test voltage between all isolated circuits (type test) 2.6-0.5 mm x 78.2/50 μs between all isolated circuits (VDE 0110. Electronic timers CT-E range Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values.5 mm2 (2 x 18-16 AWG) Tightening torque 10 mm (0.75-1. DIN VDE 0435 Teil 2021 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC  33 2CDC110004C0206 . 4 A 0. 96 h Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 6g Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g Isolation data Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV.8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20.1 x 106 switching cycles - Short circuit proof. n/c contact 10 A fast-acting. CT-AKE: 10 mA Maximum load current CT-MKE: 0. 10 mA/°C Maximum surge current CT-MKE: 울 20 A for t 울 20 ms - CT-EKE.+85 °C Damp heat (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycles. EN 61812-1 + A11.5 nF at 110 V AC . 1 s Rated insulation voltage Ui between supply circuit. IEC 664) Pollution category (VDE 0110.7 A Load current reduction / Derating . 울3V Cable length between solid-state timer and at 24 V AC . 65 m / 6. 50 m / 5 nF at 240 V AC . 80 g (0. 220 m / 22 nF connected load at 50 Hz and a cable capacity of at 42 V AC . IEC 664.

4 0..2 0.....09“ • Approvals ...8 0..19“ A1 Y1 U I U A2 A2 2CDC 252 189 F0b05 78 3.... Electronic timers CT-E range Technical diagrams......5 0..... EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L) HF line emmission IEC 1000-4-6. CT-AWE with auxiliary voltage) 2CDC 252 200 F0b05 22. EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-4 Technical diagrams Load limit curves AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) V V 2CDC 252 194 F0205 2CDC 252 193 F0205 300 300 U 200 U 200 100 100 80 80 60 60 50 50 40 40 30 30 20 20 10 10 0..... Wiring notes..0 2CDC 252 192 F0205 106 2CDC 252 034 F0208 0..6 0....6 0...7 0...3 0....2 0......9 9 8 N 0.48“ ....5 3....0 220 V 50 Hz 1 AC cos ϕ 360 cycles/h Wiring notes Dimensional drawing Dimensions in mm for single-function devices with control contact (CT-AHE.5 1 2 4 6 10 0...5 2CDC 252 199 F0b05 I I 88......1 0......5 1 2 4 6 10 I A I A Derating factor F for inductive AC load Contact lifetime 1....... if nothing else indicated Type CT-E (relays) CT-E (solide-state) Electromagnetic compatibility Interfrence immunity IEC/EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC 1000-4-5.......8 5 4 F 0.1 0. 8 34  2CDC110004C0206 .... Dimensional drawing 1 Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values.7 3 2 0.07“ 2CDC 252 198 F0b05 2CDC 252 201 F0b05 I A1 Y1 I U I U A1 Y1 A2 A2 78.1 0.9 1..5 105 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 I A 0..5 3.2 0..886“ A1 Y1 81 3.

.......................................................................................................................................................................................... 40 Function diagrams........................................................................................................ 37 Ordering details ................................................................................................. 53 Technical diagrams............... 56 Approvals and marks ................................. 36 Ordering details ..... 55 Wiring notes .................... 41 Connection diagrams ................................................... 56 Dimensional drawing .................................................................................................................................................................................................... 8  35 2CDC110004C0206 ....................................................................................................... 50 Technical data ..............................................................................  Electronic timers CT-S range 1 Contents Benefits and advantages ................................................................................................Accessories .............................................................................................

green LED: The control inputs of the devices with voltage-related triggering are V control supply capable of switching a parallel load and are not polarized. K / a. 24-240 V AC adjustment of the time delay. Potential distribution  Diversity: does not require additional terminals. front-  Single range: 380-440 V AC face potentiometer is disabled. W timing R / R1 / R2 . 2CDC 255 057 F0b06 Double-chamber cage connecting terminals 2CDC 253 010 F0003 Double-chamber cage connecting terminals provide connection of wires up to 2 x 2. D.  Devices with: 2CDC 253 064 F0006  1 or 2 c/o contacts Integrated marker label  2nd c/o contact can be selected as instantaneous contact 1) Integrated marker labels allow the product to  Remote potentiometer connection 1) be marked quickly and simply. They can voltage applied be powered either by the control supply voltage applied to A1 or by another voltage out of the rated control supply voltage range. No additional marker labels are required. A. the internal. 2CDC 253 063 F0006 LEDs for status indication All actual operational states are displayed by front-face LEDs.  8 multifunction timers  13 single-function timers 1SVC 110 000 F0507 Remote potentiometer connection  8 switching relays The CT-S range offers the possibility of con-  Control supply voltages: necting a remote potentiometer for the fine  Multi range: 24-48 V DC. output relay volt-free voltage-related energized L(+) L(+) L(+) 2CDC 252 102 F0b06 2CDC 252 103 F0b06 L(+) 2CDC 252 101 F0b06 햳 Time range adjustment A1 X1 Y1 A1 Y1/B1 A1 Y1/B1 햴 Fine adjustment of the time delay A2 Z2 A2 A2 multifunctional single-functional 햵 Preselection of the N(-) timing function N(-) N(-) L(-) 햶 Set the 2nd c/o contact as an 1) selected devices instantaneous contact Synonyms used expression alternative expression(s) used expression alternative expression(s) 1 c/o contact SPDT voltage-related wet / non-floating 2 c/o contacts DPDT volt-free dry / floating 36  2CDC110004C0206 . rigid or fine-strand. Available as an accessory. E. When an external  Wide range: 24-240 V AC/DC potentiometer is connected. b 1) selected devices Control input with volt-free or voltage-related triggering 1) Operating controls The new CT-S range offers two types of devices: 햲 LEDs for status indication one with volt-free and one with voltage-related triggering. 2CDC 256 060 F0b06 2CDC 256 061 F0b06 U/T / U .the high end timers universal and economic 2CDC 253 062 F0006 Time range preselection and fine adjustment Direct assignment of the preselected time range to the fine adjustment potentiometer scale by multicolor scales.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG). / 2. with or without wire end ferrules.yellow LED: V 1.  Control input with volt-free or voltage related triggering e.g. thus simplifying commissioning and troubleshooting. pause timing  Sealable transparent cover for protection against unauthorized 2CDC 253 065 F0006 changes of time values Sealable transparent cover  Integrated marker label Protection against unauthorized changes of  Approvals / Marks (partly pending) time and threshold values. Electronic timers CT-S range Benefits and advantages 1 CT-S range . to start timing. C.

ON/OFF-function CT-WBS..and OFF-delay. Symmetrical ON.. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC.... Single pulse generator. Adjustable impulse with fixed time delay. Flasher starting with ON or OFF... 10 time ranges (0.. 2 c/o contacts. Symmetrical ON.300 h)..05 s... ON/OFF-function 4) Functions: ON-delay.12  1SVR 630 020 R3100 1 0..21 24-240 V AC/DC  1x  1SVR 630 020 R0200 1 0.and OFF-delay.300 h). 2 c/o contacts.. Flasher starting with OFF. 2 LEDs 2CDC 251 054 F0b07 24-48 V DC... CT-MBS. 2 c/o contacts. Pulse former.....22  2x 1SVR 630 030 R3300 1 0...05 s.. ON-delay. 10 time ranges (0. Star-delta change-over with impulse.05 s.21 24-240 V AC/DC / 1x  1SVR 630 010 R0200 1 0... 10 time ranges (0. contact 2nd c/o cont...295 CT-MBS: 10 functions 4)..21 Impulse and flasher timer CT-WBS: 7 functions 5).. Star-delta change-over with impulse....... OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC..and OFF-delay..21 CT-MVS.22 2CDC 251 055 F0b07  Control input with voltage-related triggering  Control input with volt-free triggering 1) Functions: ON-delay.101 / 0..............289 24-240 V AC 2CDC 251 053 F0b07 CT-MFS: 10 functions 4).22  Accessories ... ON/OFF-function 5) Functions: Flasher starting with ON... Impulse-ON... 3 LEDs CT-MVS. Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage.....22  1x  1SVR 630 010 R3200 1 0.137 / 0..131 / 0....300 h). CT-MVS...134 / 0.254 24-240 V AC CT-MBS..284 24-240 V AC CT-MFS.... 2 c/o contacts..289 24-240 V AC CT-MVS. Electronic timers CT-S range Ordering details 1 table as inst. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC.. Pulse generator starting with ON or OFF. Price Weight Rated control Type Order code unit 1 piece 1 piece supply voltage pieces kg / lb Multifunction timers CT-MVS: 11 functions 1).300 h). 2 x 10 time ranges (0... Symmetrical ON......50  Technical data...223 24-240 V AC CT-MXS..22  1SVR 630 020 R3300 1 0. Flasher starting with ON or OFF...115 / 0.05 s. Pulse former........... CT-MVS.302 2CDC 251 052 F0b07 CT-MVS: 11 functions 1). 1 c/o contact....53  Technical diagrams ... 2 c/o contacts. ON/OFF-function 3) Functions: Asymmetrical ON.... Impulse-ON... Accumulative ON-delay.05 s.......56  37 2CDC110004C0206 . Pulse former.. Impulse-ON. selec- 2CDC 251 049 F0b07 Remote potentio- meter connection Control input Pack. 2 c/o contacts. OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage. CT-MXS.129 / 0.131 / 0..05 s.300 h).....40  Function diagrams .300 h).. 3 LEDs 24-48 V DC.55  Wiring notes / Dimensional drawing ..... Impulse-ON. Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage..22 1SVR 630 040 R3300 1 0... 10 time ranges (0.298 CT-MVS: 10 functions 2).. 10 time ranges (0. fixed impulse with adjustable time delay...41  Connection diagrams.22 CT-MXS: 5 functions 3)... 10 time ranges (0... 3 LEDs CT-MFS..23 380-440 V AC  1SVR 630 021 R2300 1 0... Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage. OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage.and OFF-delay....... Flasher starting with ON. Impulse-ON/OFF.135 / 0.. Accumulative ON-delay...300 h).05 s.. Flasher starting with OFF.. CT-WBS.. ON/OFF-function 2) Functions: ON-delay.

.......119 / 0...05 s.... CT-APS.....21 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 630 120 R3300 1 0... 1 c/o contact... 1 LED CT-ARS.17 CT-SDS: 7 time ranges (0.105 / 0.....41  Connection diagrams...118 / 0. CT-ERS....111 / 0.. 2 c/o contacts..271 CT-VBS.....267 CT-ERS.21 24-240 V AC/DC  1SVR 630 180 R0300 1 0. 2 c/o contacts...22 1SVR 630 100 R3300 1 0..306 CT-APS.097 / 0..22  1SVR 630 110 R3300 1 0. 2 c/o contacts. selec- 2CDC 251 057 F0b07 Remote potentio- meter connection Control input Pack..... 1 c/o contact..56 38  2CDC110004C0206 .125 / 0..23  Accessories ........231 24-240 V AC CT-SDS...22  1SVR 630 180 R3300 1 0.. 2 LEDs CT-ERS.. 50 ms transition time.... 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC....05 s.... 1 LED CT-ARS.18 200-240 V AC 1SVR 430 261 R5000 1 0.123 / 0...249 24-240 V AC 2CDC 251 059 F0b07 CT-ERS: 10 time ranges (0. CT-AHS.......12 24-48 V DC.262 2CDC 251 065 F0b07 CT-ARS: without auxiliary voltage..21 24-48 V DC..... 2 LEDs CT-APS..245  Control input with voltage-related triggering  Control input with volt-free triggering CT-SDS... 2 c/o contacts..05 s.300 h).05 s.. 7 time ranges (0. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC..22 1SVR 630 210 R3300 1 0.223 24-240 V AC CT-AHS: 10 time ranges (0......... 3 LEDs 2CDC 251 064 F0b07 24-48 V DC.136 / 0..260 Star-delta timers F CT-VBS.........214 24-240 V AC OFF-delay timers B CT-APS: 10 time ranges (0.. Price Weight Rated control Type Order code unit 1 piece 1 piece supply voltage pieces kg / lb ON-delay timers A CT-ERS: 10 time ranges (0.12 1SVR 630 100 R3100 1 0..302 CT-VBS: without auxiliary voltage.137 / 0.22 CT-ARS: without auxiliary voltage.55  Wiring notes / Dimensional drawing ...05 s. CT-ERS..300 h)....300 h).. 2 n/o contacts.40  Function diagrams .....05 s.. for DC contactor coils CT-VBS. 1 c/o contact...300 h)....10 min)..21 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 630 100 R0300 1 0..128 / 0... CT-SDS.276 24-240 V AC CT-AHS..53  Technical diagrams .101 / 0.11 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 630 120 R3100 1 0.12  1SVR 630 180 R3100 1 0....... CT-APS.23 380-440 V AC 1SVR 630 211 R2300 1 0.....121 / 0.05 s.05 s. Electronic timers CT-S range Ordering details 1 table as inst.....300 h).10 min).50  Technical data. 2 LEDs 24-48 V DC.10 min).. contact 2nd c/o cont. 7 time ranges (0....17 100-127 V AC 1SVR 430 261 R6000 1 0.113 / 0...282 24-240 V AC 2CDC 251 062 F0b07 CT-APS: 10 time ranges (0.

............121 / 0.............36 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R9400 1 0......311 CT-IRS: 2 c/o contacts with gold-plated contacts....298 CT-IRS.126 / 0...26 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R9300 1 0.55  Wiring notes / Dimensional drawing .147 / 0.... 2 LEDs CT-IRS.24G 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 231 R7300 1 0..50  Technical data....35 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R1400 1 0....355  Accessories ..........159 / 0.....56  39 2CDC110004C0206 .....278 CT-IRS...150 / 0....... 1 LED CT-IRS...267 CT-IRS.....161 / 0. 1 LED CT-IRS..........351 CT-IRS.....53  Technical diagrams .......26G 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 230 R9300 1 0..35 CT-IRS: 2 c/o contacts.135 / 0..331 CT-IRS: 3 c/o contacts. Electronic timers CT-S range Ordering details Pack.24 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R7300 1 0... 1 LED CT-IRS...40  Function diagrams ...41  Connection diagrams..... Price Weight 1 2CDC 251 073 F0b07 Rated control Type Order code unit 1 piece 1 piece supply voltage pieces kg / lb Switching relays G CT-IRS: 1 c/o contact..........................324 CT-IRS.14 110-240 V AC 1SVR 430 221 R7100 1 0.............16 24 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 220 R9100 1 0.141 / 0...

177” 62.886” 22.5 1.Accessories 1 Accessories Remote potentiometer 50 k⏲ ±20 % .5 10 60 2.02 CT-POT.275” Sealable transparent cover 2CDC 252 185 F0005 22.02” 33 42 138” 20 1..2” ø36 ø29 ø30 ø22 1...5 1SVR 430 029 R0100 1 18.97” max .40 CT-POT.75” 26 33 40 1.01 30.8/1.03 10.57” 3.03 2CDC 252 187 F0005 Adapter for screw mounting .65 ADP.01 CT-POT.02 DIA.4/0.01 CT-S 22. Electronic timers CT-S range Ordering details .30” 1.46” 4. . .65” 787” CT-POT.5 IP 65 1SVR 700 800 R1000 1 39.19/0.5 .. 1.5 2.886” Type for type Width Order code Pack.0.14” 1..7 DIA.21 CT-POT.7 ø22 1.453” 11.005 DIP switches 7 .5 2.18 front-to-back size 107 COV.394” .. 1.75” .13/0. Price Weight unit 1 piece 1 piece 2CDC 252 186 F0005 pieces g / oz .39”.70 ” pieces g / oz COV.30” 1..5 1SVR 430 005 R0100 1 5..5 in mm unit 1 piece 1 piece pieces g / oz .39”. Price Weight .5/1.2/0. 5 DIA.01 40  2CDC110004C0206 .866” DIA.5 Type for type Width Order code Pack.315” 3A11 8 20 . 1.5 IP 65 1SVR 701 800 R1000 1 34.787” without MAR.007 DIP switches MAR.2.18” 2CDC 252 182 F0005 50 2CDC 252 184 F0005 2CDC 252 183 F0005 CT-POT.42” max.02 22.01 CT-S 1SVR 366 017 R0100 10 0..35 DIA.866” .2 ⏲ with direct reading scale (graduated scale supplied) Pack.01 Marker label Type for type for devices Order code Pack.138” .01 with MAR.36” ADP.2/1.5 3.2.5 IP 40 1SVR 214 017 R0900 1 38. Price Weight Diameter Degree of Type Order code unit 1 piece 1 piece 1SVC 110 000 F0507 in mm protection pieces g / oz CT-POT.01 CT-S 22.02 CT-S 1SVR 430 043 R0000 10 0. Price Weight in mm unit 1 piece 1 piece 68.

LED R1 2nd c/o contact selectable as instantaneous contact: shows the status of the 1st c/o contact (15-16/18) and LED R2 shows When switch position Inst. If control input Y1-Z2 closes before the time delay is complete. the functionality of the 2nd the status of the 2nd c/o contact (25-26/28. supply voltage energizes or de-energizes the c/o contact. the designation 25-26/28 is replaced by 21-22/24. Timing begins when control supply voltage is applied. Or. The elapsed time t1 is stored and continues from this time value when X1-Z2 is re- opened. the time delay is reset and the output relay remains de-energized. 2CDC 252 017 F0206 2CDC 252 018 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18. designated R1 and R2. This can be repeated as often as required. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams Remarks 1 Legend Terminal designations on the device and in the diagrams: G Control supply voltage not applied / Output contact open The 1st c/o contact is always designated 15-16/18. When the selected time delay is complete. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. Pause timing / Accumulative ON-delay (CT-MFS): Timing can be paused by closing control input X1-Z2. the internal. The green LED flashes If control supply voltage is interrupted. Y1-Z2 Control input with volt-free triggering Control supply voltage is always applied to terminals A1-A2. 25-28 21-24 15-16. relay energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. It acts like the c/o or R2 glow as soon as the corresponding output relay energizes and contacts of a switching relay. 25-28 Y1-Z2 15-16. The green LED If control input Y1-Z2 is open. Devices with the function ‘2nd c/o contact selectable as instantane- ous contact’ have two yellow LEDs.). A1-Y1/B1 Control input with voltage-related triggering If the 2nd c/o contact is selected as an instantaneous contact. the output and the time delay is reset. timing begins when control supply flashes during timing. Z3-Z2 respectively). if control supply voltage is already applied. 25-26 21-22 21-24 green LED 21-22 t <t X1-Z2 green LED t = adjusted time delay t t1 t3 t2 t = adjusted time delay t1 + t2 = t t3 = pause timing  41 2CDC110004C0206 . the voltage is applied. CT-ERS. B Control supply voltage applied / Output contact closed The 2nd c/o contact is designated 25-26/28. “I” is selected. i. 25-26 15-18. When the selected time delay is complete. CT-WBS CT-MFS. The desi- gnation of the 2nd c/o contact changes from 25-26/28 to 21-22/24. X1-Z2 Control input with volt-free triggering Function of the yellow LEDs: Remote potentiometer connection: On devices without the function ‘2nd c/o contact selectable as in- When an external potentiometer is connected to the remote potentio- stantaneous contact’. output relay energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. 21-22/24 resp. LED R1 c/o contact changes to an instantaneous contact. relay energizes and turns off when the output relay de-energizes. If control supply voltage is interrupted. applying or interrupting the control turns off when the corresponding output relay de-energizes. A ON-delay A ON-delay (Delay on make) (Delay on make) CT-MVS. opening control input Y1-Z2 also starts timing. front-face potentiometer is disabled and the time adjustment is made via the external potentiometer. the yellow LED R glows as soon as the output meter connection (terminals Z1-Z2. CT-MBS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the output relay de-energizes during timing.e. when selected as instantaneous contact. if it responds to the time delay.

If control supply voltage is interrupted. LED. the LED turns off. the output relay de-ener- Timing starts again when control input A1-Y1/B1 re-opens. the time delay starts. The the output relay de. 25-28 15-16. 25-26 15-16. the output relay energizes immedia- flashes during timing. the time delay starts. 2CDC 252 020 F0206 2CDC 252 021 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 15-18. continuous control supply voltage for timing. Pause timing / Accumulative OFF-delay (CT-MFS): Timing can be paused by closing control input X1-Z2.energizes and the flashing green LED turns stea- elapsed time t1 is stored and continues from this time value when dy. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. 25-28 15-16. Applied control supply voltage is displayed by the glowing green If control input A1-Y1/B1 recloses before the time delay is complete. If control supply voltage is interrupted. The green output relay energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. the LED turns off. it is necessary to complete the mini- and the time delay is reset. If control input Y1-Z2 is opened. The green LED If control input Y1-Z2 is closed. CT-APS CT-ARS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. 25-28 15-18. LED flashes during timing. If control input Y1-Z2 closes before the time delay is complete. the OFF-delay starts and the time delay is reset and the output relay does not change state. the tely. When the selected time delay is minutes is necessary. As soon as timing starts. 25-28 15-16. CT-AHS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. a formatting time of about 5 The green LED flashes during timing. When timing is complete. the output relay energizes im. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. 25-26 green LED 21-24 t 21-22 green LED t = adjusted time delay t <t t = adjusted time delay 42  2CDC110004C0206 . Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams 1 A+ Accumulative ON-delay (Accumulative delay on make) B OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage (Delay on break) CT-MVS CT-MFS. time delay is reset and the output relay does not change state. the output relay de-energizes and the flashing green LED Applying control supply voltage energizes the output relay immedia- turns steady. Timing can be paused by closing control input A1-Y1/B1. several months without any voltage. When the selected time delay is complete. mum energizing time. 25-26 21-24 21-24 21-22 21-22 green LED X1-Z2 t t1 t3 t2 green LED t t1 t3 t2 t = adjusted time delay t1 + t2 = t t3 = pause timing t = adjusted time delay t1 + t2 = t t3 = pause timing B OFF-delay with auxiliary voltage B OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage (Delay on break) (True delay on break) CT-MVS. 2CDC 252 043 F0206 2CDC 252 019 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 Y1-Z2 15-18. If control supply voltage is interrupted. If control supply voltage is interrupted. 25-26 15-18. If control input A1-Y1/B1 is opened. complete. tely. Timing starts again when control input Y1-Z2 re-opens. The OFF-delay function without auxiliary voltage does not require If control input A1-Y1/B1 is closed. the output relay de-energizes For correct operation of the unit. the This can be repeated as often as required. gizes. Timing begins when control supply voltage is applied. A1-Y1/B1 is re-opened. This can be repeated as often as required. When the selected time delay is complete. The elapsed time t1 is stored and continues from this time value when X1-Z2 is re-opened. After a storage time of mediately. CT-MBS.

the output flashing green LED. 25-28 15-18. When timing is Closing control input A1-Y1/B1 starts the ON-delay t1. the time delay is reset and the output relay remains energized. If control supply voltage is interrupted. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. If control input Y1-Z2 opens before the ON-delay t1 is complete. Both timing functions are displayed by the B1 starts the OFF-delay t2. symmetrical ON-delay and OFF-delay If control supply voltage is interrupted. 3-4 1) 1+/2- If control supply voltage is disconnected. the output relay energizes. When timing complete. time delay is reset and the output relay remains de-energized. the control input A1-Y1/B1 closes before the OFF-delay t2 is complete. Opening control input A1-Y1/ starts the OFF-delay t2. 2CDC 252 022 F0206 2CDC 252 023 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 Y1-Z2 A1-Y1/B1 15-18. Opening control input Y1-Z2 is complete. the output relay energizes. This time delay depends on t2 the coil drop-out voltage and on the wattage of the contactor coil. 25-28 15-16. relay de-energizes. t1 mains energized for a short time delay. The and the time delay is reset. the DC contactor coil re. elapsed time t1a or t2a is stored and continues from this time value when X1-Z2 is re-opened. the output relay de-energizes. the output relay de-energizes (CT-MFS): Timing can be paused by closing control input X1-Z2. If the time delay is reset and the output relay remains de-energized. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. t1 = OFF-delay (without jumper between terminals 3 and 4 1)) t2 = OFF-delay (with jumper between terminals 3 and 4 1)) 1) only for version 200-240 V AC 200 200 120 180 180 Contactor coil drop-out voltage [V] Contactor coil drop-out voltage [V] Contactor coil drop-out voltage [V] 100 160 160 140 140 80 120 120 100 100 60 80 80 3W 3W 2CDC 252 127 F0205 2CDC 252 128 F0205 2CDC 252 129 F0205 40 60 60 3W 7W 7W 40 40 7W 9W 9W 20 20 20 9W 0 0 0 0 100 200 300 400 0 1 2 0 1 2 t [ms] t [s] t [s] Time delay guideline values Time delay guideline values Time delay guideline values 200-240 V AC version without jumper 3/4 200-240 V AC version with jumper 3/4 110-127 V AC version AB Symmetrical ON-delay and OFF-delay AB Symmetrical ON-delay and OFF-delay (Symmetrical delay on make and delay on break) (Symmetrical delay on make and delay on break) CT-MFS. Closing control input Y1-Z2 starts the ON-delay t1. If control input Y1-Z2 closes before the OFF-delay t2 is complete. 25-26 15-16. Pause timing / Accumulative. the If control input A1-Y1/B1 opens before the ON-delay t1 is complete. This can be repeated as often as required. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams B OFF-delay without auxiliary voltage for DC contactor coils 1 CT-VBS 2CDC 252 045 F0206 A1-A2 The DC contactor coil connected to the output is energized when 1+/2- 1) control supply voltage is applied. 25-26 21-24 21-24 21-22 21-22 X1-Z2 green LED green LED t1 t2 t1 < t2 t1 t2 t1a t3 t1b t2a t3 t2b t1 = adjusted ON-delay t1 = adjusted ON-delay t1a + t1b = t1 t2 = adjusted OFF-delay t2 = adjusted OFF-delay t2a + t2b = t2 t1 = t2 t1 = t2 t3 = pause timing  43 2CDC110004C0206 . CT-MBS CT-MVS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. When the OFF-delay t2 is complete. When the OFF-delay t2 is complete. time delay is reset and the output relay remains energized. Both timing functions are displayed by the flashing green LED.

the flashing green LED turns steady. The ON-delay and OFF-delay are independently If control supply voltage is interrupted. If control input A1-Y1/B1 closes before the OFF-delay is complete (<t2). before the pulse time is complete. CT-MBS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. If ergizes the output relay immediately and starts timing. before the pulse time is complete. if control supply voltage is already applied. The elapsed This can be repeated as often as required. The output relay energizes immediately when control supply voltage If control supply voltage is applied. The elapsed energizes the output relay and resets the pulse time. the green LED flashes during timing. 25-28 15-16. time t1 is stored and continues from this time value when X1-Z2 is Pause timing / Accumulative impulse-ON (CT-MFS): re-opened. Or. the output relay energizes. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. When timing The output relay energizes immediately when control supply voltage is complete. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. Closing control input A1-Y1/B1 starts the ON-delay t1. 25-26 15-16. the time delay is reset and the output relay remains energized. When the selected pulse time is complete. flashing green LED. de-energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. flashes during timing. Opening control input A1. output relay de-energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. When the selected pulse time is complete. 25-26 15-18 15-16 21-24 21-22 green LED green LED t1 t2 t1 < t2 t <t t1 = adjusted ON-delay t2 = adjusted OFF-delay t = adjusted pulse time t1 and t2 independently adjustable CA Impulse-ON CB Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage (Interval) (Trailing edge interval) CT-MFS. Timing can be paused by closing control input X1-Z2. The green LED flashes during Closing control input Y1-Z2. 2CDC 252 038 F0206 2CDC 252 024 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 15-18. and the time delay is reset. 25-28 15-16. The Y1/B1 starts the OFF-delay t2. ning control input Y1-Z2 starts timing. If control supply voltage is interrupted. CT-MBS CT-MFS. opening control input Y1-Z2 en- is applied and de-energizes after the set pulse time is complete. the time delay is reset and the output relay remains de-ener- gized. de. CT-WBS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams 1 AB Asymmetrical ON-delay and OFF-delay (Asymmetrical delay on make and delay on break) CA Impulse-ON (Interval) CT-MXS CT-MVS. time t1 is stored and continues from this time value when X1-Z2 is If control supply voltage is interrupted. If control supply voltage is interrupted. the output relay energizes the output relay and resets the pulse time. This can be repeated as often as required. 25-28 15-18. ope. If control input A1-Y1/B1 opens before the ON-delay is complete (<t1). 25-26 21-24 21-24 21-22 21-22 X1-Z2 X1-Z2 green LED green LED t t1 t3 t2 t t1 t3 t2 t = adjusted pulse time t1 + t2 = t t = adjusted pulse time t1 + t2 = t t3 = pause timing t3 = pause timing 44  2CDC110004C0206 . Pause timing / Accumulative impulse-OFF (CT-MFS): Closing control input Y1-Z2. When the OFF-delay is complete. the tage is applied. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the output relay de-energizes re-opened. 2CDC 252 025 F0206 2CDC 252 026 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 Y1-Z2 Y1-Z2 15-18. the output relay de-energizes adjustable. de- timing. is applied and de-energizes after the set pulse time is complete. and the time delay is reset. The green LED control input Y1-Z2 is open. When the selected pulse time is output relay de-energizes. Both timing functions are displayed by the complete. timing begins when control supply vol. Timing can be paused by closing control input X1-Z2.

timing. opening control input A1-Y1/B1 If control supply voltage is applied. If control input A1-Y1/B1 changes state again. which flashes twice as times are displayed by the flashing green LED. The cycle starts with an ON time first. the interrupted pulse time restarts. the output relay de-energizes 2CDC 252 027 F0206 and the time delay is reset. 25-28 15-18. the output relay de-energizes flashing green LED turns steady. The ON & OFF & OFF times. LED flashes during timing. The green LED flashes during de-energizes the output relay and resets the pulse time. When t1 is complete. mediately and starts the pulse time t2. Re-opening control input A1-Y1/B1 energizes the output relay im- Closing control input A1-Y1/B1. 2CDC 252 029 F0206 2CDC 252 030 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18. t1 and t2 are independently adjusta- and the time delay is reset. 25-26 15-16. OFF first) CT-WBS CT-WBS Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON & OFF times. 25-28 15-16. the output relay de-energizes and the If control supply voltage is interrupted. starting with the OFF time (Recycling equal times. 25-26 15-16. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. If control input A1-Y1/B1 changes state before the pulse time is complete. If control supply voltage is applied. The cycle starts with an OFF time first. If control supply voltage is interrupted. ble. relay de-energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. the output relay de-energizes and the pulse time is reset. before the pulse time is complete. The green LED flashes during timing. 25-28 15-18. The green energizes the output relay immediately and starts the pulse time t1. A1-A2 2CDC 252 028 F0206 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 A1-Y1/B1 15-18. closing control input A1-Y1/B1 energizes the output relay immediately and starts timing. 25-28 15-16. When t2 is complete. fast during the OFF time. starting with the ON time DB Flasher. 25-26 green LED green LED t t t t t = adjusted flashing time t = adjusted flashing time  45 2CDC110004C0206 . and the time delay is reset. The ON & OFF times are displayed by the flashing green LED. 25-26 21-24 green LED 21-22 t1 t2 < t1 green LED t <t t1 = adjusted pulse time 1 t2 = adjusted pulse time 2 t = adjusted pulse time DA Flasher. the output the output relay de-energizes and the flashing green LED turns stea. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams CB Impulse-OFF with auxiliary voltage (Trailing edge interval) CE Impulse-ON and impulse-OFF (Interval and trailing edge interval) 1 CT-MVS CT-MXS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the output relay de-energizes If control supply voltage is interrupted. When the selected pulse time is complete. If control supply voltage is interrupted. which flashes twice as fast during the OFF time. ON first) (Recycling equal times. dy.

starting with the ON or OFF time H Pulse former (Recycling equal times. The ON & OFF & OFF times. 25-26 21-24 21-24 21-22 21-22 green LED green LED t t t t t t t t t = adjusted flashing time t = adjusted flashing time DE Flasher. and starts timing. The cycle starts with an OFF time first. ON or OFF first) (Single shot) CT-MVS CT-MFS. 25-26 21-24 21-24 21-22 21-22 green LED green LED t t t t t t t = adjusted flashing time t = adjusted pulse time 46  2CDC110004C0206 . the time delay has no effect. with control supply voltage applied. ON & OFF times. 25-28 15-16. The time delay can be reset by closing control input Y1-Z2. OFF first) CT-MFS. the output relay de-ener- the OFF time. The green LED flashes during timing. After the ON time is If control supply voltage is interrupted. 2CDC 252 031 F0206 2CDC 252 032 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 Y1-Z2 Y1-Z2 15-18. fast during the OFF time. Operating the control contact switch Y1-Z2 during starts the cycle with an OFF time first. The ON & OFF times are dis. it can be restarted by closing control input Y1-Z2. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. Opening control input Y1-Z2 starts the timer pulsing again with symmetrical control input Y1-Z2 starts the timer pulsing again with symmetrical ON & OFF times. 2CDC 252 033 F0206 2CDC 252 034 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 Y1-Z2 15-18. 25-26 15-16. The ON & OFF times are displayed by the flashing green LED. Closing control input Y1-Z2 energizes the output relay immediately Closing control input A1-Y1/B1. 25-28 15-18. The cycle starts with an ON time first. starting with the ON time (Recycling equal times with reset. the output relay de-energizes If control supply voltage is interrupted. CT-MBS Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON & OFF times. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. 25-26 15-16. If control supply voltage is interrupted. The cycle starts with an ON time first. which flashes twice as fast during the OFF time. the output relay de-energizes complete. Opening The time delay can be reset by closing control input Y1-Z2. 25-28 15-18. and the time delay is reset. ON first) DB Flasher with reset. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams 1 DA Flasher with reset. starting with the OFF time (Recycling equal times with reset. played by the flashing green LED. OFF times. which flashes twice as fast during When the selected ON time is complete. CT-MBS CT-MFS. gizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. If control supply voltage is interrupted. 25-28 15-16. which flashes twice as times are displayed by the flashing green LED. and the time delay is reset. CT-MBS Applying control supply voltage starts timing with symmetrical ON & This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing.

de-energizes the output relay and resets the time delay. opening control input A1-Y1/B1 energizes the output relay green LED flashes during timing. 25-28 15-16. starting with the ON or OFF time (Recycling unequal times. The applied. tely and starts timing. it can be restarted by closing control input A1-Y1/B1. 25-26 green LED t1 t2 < t1 green LED t1 t2 t1 t2 t1 = adjusted time delay t2 = pulse time fixed 500 ms t1 = adjusted OFF time t2 = adjusted ON time t1 and t2 independently adjustable  47 2CDC110004C0206 . The ON & OFF times are dis. if control supply voltage is already The time delay t1 starts when control supply voltage is applied. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. If control supply voltage is interrupted. the output relay de-energizes. When the selected ON time is complete. 25-28 15-16. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. 2CDC 252 035 F0206 A1-A2 2CDC 252 075 F0207 A1-A2 A1-Y1/B1 A1-Y1/B1 15-18. 25-28 A1-Y1/B1 15-16. output relay does not change state. energizes and the flashing green LED turns steady. If control supply voltage is interrupted. The ON & OFF times are displayed by the flashing green LED. The ON & OFF times are independently adjustable. starting with the OFF time AC Fixed impulse with adjustable time delay (Delay on make with interval output) (Delayed pulse output) CT-MXS CT-WBS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the output relay de. This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the output relay de-energizes If control supply voltage is interrupted. 25-26 21-24 green LED 21-22 t1 t2 t2 t1 green LED t t t1 = adjusted OFF time t2 = adjusted ON time t = adjusted pulse time EC Single-pulse generator. Applying control supply voltage. and the time delay is reset. starts timing with an OFF time timing. The green LED flashes during with closed control input A1-Y1/B1. Applying control supply voltage. during the time delay has no effect. Closing control input A1-Y1/B1. with open control input A1-Y1/B1. 25-26 15-18. 25-28 15-18. is complete. played by the flashing green LED. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams H Pulse former (Single shot) DE Pulse generator. When the following ON time t2 is lay energizes for the fixed impulse time t2 of 500 ms and the flashing complete. t1 first. Operating the control contact switch A1-Y1/B1 starts timing with an ON time t2 first. the time delay is reset. When t1 is complete. 2CDC 252 041 F0206 A1-A2 2CDC 252 037 F0206 A1-A2 15-18. the output relay de-energizes and the time delay is reset. the output re- after the OFF time t1 is complete. Closing control input A1-Y1/B1 energizes the output relay immedia. After the ON time which flashes twice as fast during the OFF time. The ON & OFF times are independently adjustable. ON or OFF first) 1 CT-MVS CT-MXS This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. with control supply voltage applied. which flashes twice as fast during If control supply voltage is interrupted. green LED turns steady. or. Applying control supply voltage. The the OFF time. 25-26 15-16.

The green LED flashes during timing. 25-26 green LED green LED t2 t1 t2 < t1 Time sector ≠ 300 h Time sector = 300 h t1 = adjusted pulse time t2 = time delay fixed 500 ms G Switching relays CT-IRS The switching relay may be used to increase the number of available contacts or to reinforce contacts. but the output relay does not energize. CT-MBS. the pulse time is reset. applying control lected pulse time t1 starts. Applying control supply voltage starts the fixed time delay t2 of If the selected max. 25-28 15-18. CT-MVS. value of the time range is smaller than 300 h 500 ms. The If the selected max. 25-26 15-16. put relay. 2CDC 252 042 F0206 2CDC 252 044 F0206 A1-A2 A1-A2 15-18. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams 1 BC Adjustable impulse with fixed time delay (Delayed Interval) G ON/OFF-Function CT-MFS. 25-28 15-16. 2 or 3 48  2CDC110004C0206 . or as a coupling/decoupling inter- face. de-energizes the out- LED turns steady. troubleshooting. (front-face potentiometer “Time sector” ≠ 300 h). 2CDC 252 055 F0206 A1-A2 n1-n4 n1-n2 n = 1. Approx. value of the time range is 300 h (front-face poten- output relay does not change state. Interrupting control supply voltage. When t2 is complete. CT-MXS. the output relay energizes and the se. the output relay de-energizes and the flashing green LED glows. the output relay de-energizes. If control supply voltage is interrupted. CT-WBS CT-WBS This function is used for test purposes during commissioning and This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. If control supply voltage is interrupted. the output relay energizes. the green LED glows. tiometer “Time sector” = 300 h) and control supply voltage is applied. 10 ms after applying control supply voltage to terminals A1- A2. Time settings and operating of the control inputs have no effect on the operation. When supply voltage energizes the output relay immediately and the green t1 is complete.

the first c/o contact de-energizes the star contactor. I K2 14 54 gized as long as control supply voltage is applied to the unit. the second c/o contact energizes the delta contac. The green LED flashes during timing. CT-MBS. the second output contact energizes the delta contactor connected to terminals 17-28. energizes the star W1 W2 contactor connected to terminals 17-18 and begins the set starting V1 M V2 U1 3~ U2 time t1. interval/delay on make) 1 CT-MFS.2x This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. the fixed transition time t2 of 50 ms starts. 2CDC 252 128 F0b06 L1 F3 95 F2 96 S1 21 0 22 S2 13 53 I K2 14 54 17 17 13 13 K1T K2 K1 18 28 14 14 22 22 K3 21 K1 21 2CDC 252 040 F0206 A1-A2 17-18 A1 A1 A1 A1 17-28 K1T K1 K3 K2 A2 A2 A2 A2 green LED t1 t2 N Y 욼 N t1 = adjusted starting time t2 = transition time (50 ms) Control circuit diagram  49 2CDC110004C0206 . S2 13 53 tor connected to terminals 25-28. energizes the star contactor connected to terminals 15-18 and begins the set starting 95 time t1. the fixed transition time t2 of 50 ms starts. S1 21 0 Now. When the starting time is complete. The green LED flashes during timing. CT-MVS. The delta contactor remains ener. Electronic timers CT-S range Function diagrams FC Star-delta change-over with impulse function (Star-delta starting. -M1 Applying control supply voltage to terminals A1-A2. 15 25 13 13 K1T K2 K1 18 28 14 14 22 22 K3 21 K1 21 A1 A1 A1 A1 K1T K1 K3 K2 A2 A2 A2 A2 N Y 욼 N Control circuit diagram 2CDC 252 039 F0206 A1-A2 15-18 2CDC 252 012 F0b07 15-16 L1 L2 L3 25-28 25-26 1 3 5 green LED -F1 t1 t2 2 4 6 t1 = adjusted starting time t2 = transition time (50 ms) 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5 -K2 2 4 6 -K3 2 4 6 -K1 2 4 6 F Star-delta change-over 97 95 1 5 4 (Star-delta starting) -F2 98 96 CT-SDS 3 2 6 This function requires continuous control supply voltage for timing. The delta contactor remains energized as long as control supply voltage is applied to the unit. When the transition 22 time is complete. When the transition time is complete. When the starting time F2 96 is complete. 2CDC 252 129 F0b06 L1 F3 Applying control supply voltage to terminals A1-A2. Power circuit diagram Now. the first output contact de-energizes the star contactor.

22 CT-MVS. c/o contact 21-22/24 2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.21 A CT-ERS. c/o contact as 21-22/24 2.22 2CDC 252 005 F0b06 2CDC 252 006 F0b06 2CDC 252 007 F0b06 2CDC 252 008 F0b06 A1 15 25 A1 15 25 21 A1 15 25 21 A1 15 25 Z3 Z2 Z1 X1 Z2 Z1 Z2 Z1 Y1/ 25 25 B1 A1 15 25 A1 15 21 A1 15 21 A1 15 25 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 22 24 22 24 28 26 Y1/B1 28 24 26 22 Y1 28 24 26 22 Y1 28 26 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC/DC 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1.21 CT-MBS. c/o contact as instantaneous contact A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input Z1-Z2 Remote potentiometer connection CT-MXS. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 25-26/28 2.12 2CDC 252 002 F0b06 2CDC 252 003 F0b06 2CDC 252 003 F0b06 2CDC 252 004 F0b06 A1 15 25 21 A1 15 25 A1 15 25 A1 15 Y1/B1 Y1/B1 Z2 Z1 Y1/B1 Y1/B1 Y1/ 25 Y1/ Y1/ Y1/ B1 A1 15 21 B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 22 24 28 24 26 22 28 26 28 26 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-240 V AC/DC 24-48 V DC or 380-440 V AC 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact as A1-Y1/B1 Control input instantaneous contact instantaneous contact Z1-Z2 Remote potentiometer Y1-Z2 Control input Y1-Z2 Control input connection X1-Z2 Control input Z1-Z2 Remote potentiometer Z3-Z2 Remote potentiometer Z1-Z2 Remote potentiometer connection connection connection A CT-ERS. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact 25-26/28 2.23 CT-MVS. Electronic timers CT-S range Connection diagrams 1 CT-MVS.22 CT-MFS. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 25-26/28 2.21 CT-MVS. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.22 A CT-ERS. c/o contact 50  2CDC110004C0206 . c/o contact 21-22/24 2.22 CT-WBS. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.12 2CDC 252 009 F0b06 2CDC 252 009 F0b06 2CDC 252 010 F0b06 A1 15 25 A1 15 25 A1 15 A1 15 25 A1 15 25 A1 15 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 28 26 28 26 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-240 V AC/DC 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.

c/o contact 15-16/18 1. 2- 28 26 1+ 2. n/o contact 17-18 1.21 B CT-APS.17 B CT-VBS. c/o contact 1+ . n/o contact  51 2CDC110004C0206 . A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-240 V AC/DC 24-240 V AC/DC 110-127 V AC 200-240 V AC 15-16/18 1. c/o contact 3-4 Jumper for setting the time delay (see time delay diagram) F CT-SDS. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. c/o contact A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input A1-Y1/B1 Control input Y1-Z2 Control input B CT-ARS.21 B CT-VBS. Contactor coil 1+ .11 B CT-ARS. Contactor coil 25-26/28 2. c/o contact 25-26/28 2.22 1 2CDC 252 011 F0b06 2CDC 252 011 F0b06 2CDC 252 012 F0b06 2CDC 252 013 F0b06 A1 15 25 A1 15 25 A1 15 Y1/B1 A1 15 25 Y1/B1 Y1/B1 Z2 Y1/ Y1/ Y1/ B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 25 B1 A1 15 A1 15 25 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 26 28 28 26 28 26 28 26 Y1 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 18 16 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-240 V AC/DC 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-48 V DC or 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 24-240 V AC 15-16/18 1. n/o contact 17-28 2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.12 B CT-AHS.2. c/o contact 15-16/18 1. Electronic timers CT-S range Connection diagrams B CT-APS.23 2CDC 252 016 F0b06 2CDC 252 016 F0b06 A1 17 A1 17 A1 17 A1 17 A2 18 28 A2 18 28 18 28 A2 18 28 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24-48 V DC or 380-440 V AC 24-240 V AC 17-18 1. A2 1+ 2.18 2CDC 252 014 F0b06 2CDC 252 015 F0b06 2CDC 252 107 F0b05 2CDC 252 108 F0b05 A1 15 A1 15 25 A1 A1 3 4 1+ 1+ A1 15 A1 15 25 A1 A1 3 4 A2 16 18 A2 16 18 26 28 A2 A2 2.22 B CT-APS.2. c/o contact 25-26/28 2. n/o contact 17-28 2.22 F CT-SDS. c/o contact 15-16/18 1.

c/o contact 11-12/14 1. c/o contact 11-12/14 1. c/o contact 31-32/34 3. c/o contact 52  2CDC110004C0206 . c/o contact 21-22/24 2.26G (gold-plated cont.14 G CT-IRS. c/o contact 31-32/34 3. c/o contact 11-12/14 1.36 G CT-IRS. c/o contact 11-12/14 1. c/o contact 21-22/24 2. c/o contact 11-12/14 1. c/o contact 11-12/14 1.26 G CT-IRS. c/o contact 21-22/24 2. Electronic timers CT-S range Connection diagrams 1 G CT-IRS. c/o contact 21-22/24 2.35 2CDC 252 125 F0b05 2CDC 252 125 F0b05 2CDC 252 035 F0b08 2CDC 252 035 F0b08 A1 21 11 A1 21 11 A1 21 11 A1 21 11 34 31 32 34 31 32 A1 11 21 A1 11 21 A1 11 21 31 A1 11 21 31 A2 12 14 22 24 A2 12 14 22 24 A2 12 14 22 24 32 34 A2 12 14 22 24 32 34 24 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 14 12 A2 14 12 A2 14 12 A2 14 12 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24 AC/DC 110-240 V AC 24 V AC/DC 220-240 V AC 11-12/14 1. c/o contact G CT-IRS. c/o contact 21-22/24 2.24 2CDC 252 123 F0b05 2CDC 252 123 F0b05 2CDC 252 124 F0b05 2CDC 252 124 F0b05 A1 11 A1 11 A1 A1 14 11 12 14 11 12 A1 11 A1 11 A1 11 21 A1 11 21 A2 12 14 A2 12 14 A2 12 14 22 24 A2 12 14 22 24 24 22 24 22 14 12 A2 14 12 A2 21 A2 21 A2 A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: A1-A2 Supply: 24 AC/DC 110-240 V AC 24 AC/DC 110-240 V AC 11-12/14 1. c/o contact 21-22/24 2.24G (gold-plated cont.) G CT-IRS.16 G CT-IRS.) G CT-IRS.

) 0.2x fixed 50 ms Star-delta transition time tolerance CT-SDS.5-30 s 5.5-30 h 10.x3 380-440 V AC CT-xxx. shielded with 100pF/m Shield connection Z2 Timing circuit Time ranges 10 time ranges 0.) 1. CT-AHS volt-free triggering Control input.) 0.03 % / °C Star-delta transition time CT-SDS.5-10 s (CT-SDS.x7 100-127 V AC CT-xxx. Electronic timers CT-S range Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values. CT-ARS) 4.x6 24 V AC/DC CT-xxx.) 1. CT-MVS. Control function Y1-Z2 CT-MFS.) 15-300 min 9. CT-MXS.) 5-100 s 6. 20 ms Input circuit .05-1 s 2.x2 24-48 V DC. CT-MVS.5-10 s 4.) 15-300 s 7.100 pF /m Minimum control pulse length 20 ms Non-load voltage at the control inputs 10-40 V DC Remote potentiometer Remote potentiometer Z1-Z2 CT-MFS. 24-240 V AC CT-xxx.) 0. CT-APS voltage-related triggering Control input.x1 24-240 V AC/DC CT-xxx. CT-MVS.) 0..10 min 1.05 s ..5-10 min Recovery time 24-240 V AC/DC < 50 ms 24-48 V DC.05 s .) 0.05-1 s 2.) 0.) 1.Supply circuit A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage US CT-xxx. CT-MXS 50 k⏲ connections. CT-MBS. CT-MBS.) 1. see data sheet) Power failure buffering time min.15-3 s 3. if nothing else indicated 1 Type CT-S Input circuit .) 15-300 s 7. 24-240 V AC < 80 ms 380-440 V AC < 60 ms Accuracy within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 욼t < 0. CT-AHS start timing external X1-Z2 CT-MFS pause timing / accumulative functions Maximum switching current in the control circuit 1 mA Maximum cable length to the control input 50 m . CT-MFS.) 15-300 h 7 time ranges 0. Control function A1-Y1/B1 CT-MVS.x5 220-240 V AC CT-xxx.5-30 min 8.300 h 1. CT-MBS. CT-APS start timing external Parallel load / polarized yes / no Maximum cable length to the control input 50 m . Resistance value Z3-Z2 CT-MXS 50 k⏲ Maximum cable length to remote potentiometer 2 x 25 m.) 5-100 s 6.21.+10 % Rated frequency DC or 50/60 Hz Frequency range AC 47-63 Hz Typical current / power consumption 24 V DC 9-28 mA (depending on device.Control circuit Kind of triggering CT-MVS.15-3 s 3.004 % / V Accuracy within the temperature range 욼t < 0. see data sheet) 230 V AC 11-60 mA (depending on device.5-30 s 5. CT-MXS.2 mA 230 V AC 8 mA 400 V AC 6 mA Kind of triggering CT-MFS. CT-MBS.x4 110-240 V AC CT-xxx.x8 200-240 V DC Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15. CT-MFS. CT-MBS. see data sheet) 115 V AC 6-10 mA (depending on device.2x 앐2 ms Minimum energizing time CT-ARS 100 ms Formatting time 1) CT-ARS 5 min 1 ) prior to first commissioning and after a six-month stop in operation  53 2CDC110004C0206 .) 0.100 pF /m Minimum control pulse length 20 ms Control voltage potential see rated control supply voltage Current consumption of the control input 24 V DC 1.

28 inch) Tightening torque 0. 1.1 x 106 switching cycles Short circuit proof / n/c contact 6 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) n/o contact 10 A fast-acting General data Duty time 100% Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 욼t < 앐0.5 mm2 (2 x 18-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0. 25(21)-26(22)/28(24) relay. 2nd c/o contact selectable as inst.75-2. all directions Isolation data Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp 4 kV. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A max.2xG: 10 V / 200 mA) Rated operational current Ie AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B300 (UL 508) max. 4 A 0. 95 % RH Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60068-2-6) 40 m/s2...5 mm x 78 mm x 100 mm (0. 230 V. UL 508) III Rated insulation voltage Ui input circuit / output circuit 500 V output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V 54  2CDC110004C0206 . contact 17-18. snap mounting without any tool Mounting position any Minimum distance to other units horizontal / vertical no/ no Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0.150 Hz Shock (half-sine) (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) 100 m/s2. on request Rated operational voltage Ue 250 V Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 12 V / 10 mA (CT-IRS.2xG: 10 mV / 10 μA) Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current see load limit curves (CT-IRS. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max.+85 °C Damp heat (cyclic) (IEC/EN 60068-2-30) 6 x 24 h cycle.5-4 mm2 (2 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0.89 inch x 3. IEC/EN 60664) Pollution category (IEC/EN 60664. 3 shocks.8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25.. 25-26/28 relay.94 inch) Weight see ordering details Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715). 55 °C. VDE 0110. UL 508) 3 Overvoltage category (IEC/EN 60664.2 % Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.07 inch x 3.... making /breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime at AC12. 2 c/o contacts. if nothing else indicated Indication of operational states Control supply voltage / timing U/T: green LED V: control supply voltage applied W: timing Control supply voltage U: green LED V: control supply voltage applied Relay state R1: yellow LED V: output relay 1 energized R2: yellow LED V: output relay 2 energized R: yellow LED V: output relay energized Output circuit Kind of output 15-16/18 relay. 2 n/o contacts (CT-SDS) Contact material Cd-free. VDE 0110. Electronic timers CT-S range Technical data 1 Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values.. 20 cycles.2/50 μs between all isolated circuits (VDE 0110. 17-28 relay.+60 °C / -40. 10. 11 ms..58/60. 2 c/o contacts 15-16/18. 1 c/o contact 15-16/18.6-0.

. IEC/EN 61000-6-4 electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22.4 0.0 kV........... EN 55022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22...2 0.... Electronic timers CT-S range Technical data....... if nothing else indicated 1 Isolation data Basic insulation (IEC/EN 61140) input circuit / output circuit 500 V Protective separation input circuit / output circuit 250 V (VDE 0106 part 101 and part 101/A1..... EN 55022 Class B Technical diagrams Load limit curves AC load (resistive) DC load (resistive) 2CDC 252 149 F0206 2CDC 252 150 F0206 AC voltage [V] DC voltage [V] resistive load resistive load AC current [A] DC current [A] Derating factor F Contact lifetime for inductive AC load 1.. IEC/EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV A1-A2) HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3.9 1....7 250 V resistive load 0. DIN VDE 0435 part 2021 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity IEC/EN 61000-6-1....5 0.... 8  55 2CDC110004C0206 ....0 cos ϕ Switching current [A] • Approvals ....8 0.0 2CDC 252 148 F0206 Switching cycles 2CDC 252 124 F0206 Derating factor F 0.. EN 61812-1 + A11.. 1 s between all isolated circuits Standards Product standard IEC 61812-1....5 0.6 0. 50 Hz............3 0..... routine test) 2.6 0......7 0.......8 0. IEC/EN 61140) Power-frequency withstand voltage test (test voltage....1 0.9 0. Technical diagrams Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values..

94“ 56  2CDC110004C0206 . Dimensional drawing 1 Wiring notes Control inputs Triggering of the control inputs (volt-free) (volt-free triggering) with a proximity switch (3 wire) L(+) L(+) +V 2CDC 252 101 F0b06 2CDC 252 105 F0b06 A1 X1 Y1 A1 Y1 A2 Z2 A2 Z2 N(-) N(-) 0V Control inputs (voltage-related triggering) L(+) L(+) L(+) 2CDC 252 103 F0b06 2CDC 252 102 F0b06 A1 Y1/B1 A1 Y1/B1 A2 A2 N(-) N(-) L(-) The control input Y1/B1 is triggered with electric potential against A2. It is possible to use the control supply voltage from terminal A1 or any other voltage within the rated control supply voltage range.07“ 100 3.5 4. Electronic timers CT-S range Wiring notes.02“ 2CDC 252 188 F0b05 78 3. Remote potentiometer L(+) 2CDC 252 104 F0b06 A1 Z3 Z1 A2 Z2 N(-) Dimensional drawing dimensions in mm 109.5 .886“ 102 4.31“ 22.

............................................. 124 Technical data ............................................................................................................................................. 130 Contact protection relays and sensor interface relay............................................. 122 Liquid level monitors and controls ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 75 Conversion table ...................................................................................... 143 Technical diagrams.............................................................................................................. 145 Accessories ............. 102 Motor load monitors....................... 97 Technical data ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 78 Technical data ............................. 136 Cycle monitor with watchdog function ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 147  57 2CDC110004C0206 ..................................... 58 Monitoring features and application ranges .................................................................................. 111 Technical data ............................................................ 107 Technical data ................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................. 62 Current and voltage monitors.............................................................................................................................................................................. 105 Ordering details .............................................................................................................. 117 Ordering details ..................................................................  Measuring and monitoring relays CM and C5xx range 2 Content Benefits and advantages ............................. 133 Ordering details .............................................................................. 95 Ordering details ..................................................................... 115 Temperature monitors..................................................................................................... 70 Three-phase monitors ................................ 63 Ordering details .............................. 76 Ordering details ............................ 144 Dimensional drawings ..................................................................................................................................................................... 118 Technical data ............... 123 Ordering details . 146 Current transformers .. 64 Technical data ................... single-phase ......................................................................................................................................................................................................... 108 Thermistor motor protection relays.................................................................................................................... 134 Technical data .............................. 109 Ordering details ........................................ 140 Technical data ............................................................................................................................... 141 General technical data.............................................................. 139 Ordering details .................. 86 Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains ..................... Accessories and Current transformers .................. 60 Approvals and marks ...................................................................................................................................................

Measuring and monitoring relays CM range Benefits and advantages 2 2CDC 255 078 F0b07 CM-E range: Economic 1SVC 110 000 F0506 Combination screws Easy tightening and release of the connecting 1SVR 550 851 F9400 screws with pozidrive. Safety 2CDC 253 011 F0003 The "real distance" is hidden. pan. The clearance and the creepage distances of our products exceed international standards and substantially increase the safety of our products.or crosshead screwdriver. 쐍 Only 22.5 mm wide enclosure 쐍 Output contacts: 1 c/o contact or 1 n/o contact 쐍 One supply voltage range 쐍 One monitoring function 쐍 Cost-efficient solution for OEM applications 쐍 Preset monitoring ranges 1SVC 110 000 F 0528 58  2CDC110004C0206 .

rigid or fine-strand. Potential distribution does not require additional terminals. 쐍 Output contacts: 2 c/o contacts The clearance and the creepage distances of 쐍 Continuous voltage range (24-240 V AC/DC) or single-supply our products exceed international standards 쐍 Setting and operation via front-face operating controls and substantially increase the safety of our products. Wiring is considerably simplified through integrated cable guides.5 and 45 mm wide (optionally available as an accessory). 쐍 Adjustment of threshold values and switching hysteresis via direct reading scale 쐍 Adjustable time delays 쐍 Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker label 쐍 Sealable transparent cover (accessory)  59 2CDC110004C0206 .5 mm wide enclosure by front-face LEDs. 1SVR 450 335 F0100 No additional marking labels are required. 2CDC 253 009 F0005 Sealable transparent covers Protection against unauthorized changes of time and/or threshold values in sizes 22. thus saving time and money. Safety 2CDC 253 011 F 0003 쐍 45 mm wide enclosure The "real distance" is hidden. 2CDC 253 014 F0003 LEDs for status Indication All actual operational states are indicated 쐍 Only 22. with or with- out wire end ferrules.5 mm2 쐍 Sealable transparent cover (accessory) (2 x 14 AWG). 쐍 One supply voltage range or supplied by measuring circuit 쐍 Setting and operation via front-face operating controls 쐍 Adjustment of threshold values and switching hysteresis via Double-chamber cage connection terminals direct reading scale Double-chamber cage connection terminals 2CDC 253 010 F0003 쐍 Integrated and snap-fitted front-face marker provide connection of wires up to 2 x 2. Measuring and monitoring relays CM range Benefits and advantages CM-S range: Universal and multifunctional 1SVR 430 824 F 9300 Direct reading scales 2CDC 253 089 F0004 Direct adjustment of the threshold values of measuring and monitoring relays without any additional calculation provides accurate time 2 delay adjustment. CM-N range: Multifunctional 2CDC 253 064 F0006 Integrated marker label Integrated marker labels allow the product to be marked quickly and simply. thus simplifying commis- 쐍 Output contacts: 1 or 2 c/o contacts sioning and troubleshooting.

M 쐍 Monitoring of motor current consumption 쐍 Over. Insulation monitoring and CM-IWN-DC for electrically isolated DC net. unbalance.and undercurrent monitoring 쐍 Monitoring of lighting installations and heating circuits CM-SFS 쐍 Monitoring of hoisting gear and transportation equipment overload 쐍 Over.and undervoltage CM-MPS. 쐍 Detection of initial faults 2CDC 252 027 F0004 쐍 Protection against ground faults Motor load monitoring CM-LWN monitors load states of single. 쐍 Monitoring of electrically isolated supply mains for insulation resistance failure works.M 2 쐍 Over.or undercurrent monitoring Current monitoring CM-SRS and CM-SRS.or undervoltage monitoring 쐍 Monitoring of locking devices.xx 2CDC 252 026 F0004 Insulation monitoring CM-IWN-AC for electrically isolated AC networks.xx 쐍 Phase sequence and phase loss. over.and Motor load monitoring three-phase asynchronous motors. electromechanical brake gear and locked rotor CM-ESS and CM-ESS.xx phase loss 쐍 Phase sequence and phase loss.and undervoltage 쐍 Protection of personnel and installations against phase reversal CM-PVE 쐍 Monitoring of the supply voltage to machines and installations 쐍 Phase sequence and phase loss 쐍 Protection of equipment against damage caused by unstable supply voltage CM-PFE and CM-PFS 쐍 Switching to emergency or auxiliary supply 쐍 Phase sequence and phase loss.xx and CM-MPN. over. 쐍 Detection of V-belt breaking 쐍 Motor protection against overload 2CDC 252 028 F0004 쐍 Monitoring of filters for clogging 쐍 Protection of pumps against dry running 쐍 Detection of high pressure in conduit systems 쐍 Monitoring for dulling blades in sawing and cutting machines 60  2CDC110004C0206 .and undervoltage monitoring CM-EFS Voltage monitoring 2CDC 252 025 F0004 쐍 Speed monitoring of DC motors 쐍 Monitoring of battery voltages and other supply networks 쐍 Monitoring of upper and lower voltage threshold values Three-phase monitoring 쐍 Phase loss Three-phase voltage monitoring CM-PBE 쐍 Voltage monitoring of mobile three-phase equipment 쐍 Over.xx and CM-PVS.and undervoltage 쐍 Protection of motors against damage caused by unbalanced phase voltages and CM-PSS. Measuring and monitoring relays CM and C5xx range Monitoring features and application ranges Single-phase current and voltage monitoring 쐍 Over. unbalance CM-PAS.

The CM-SIS supplies and evaluates NPN 쐍 Storage of the switching states of bouncing contacts and PNP sensors. Cycle monitoring 쐍 External monitoring of the correct function of programmable 2CDC 252 036 F0004 logic controllers (plc) and industrial pcs (ipc)  61 2CDC110004C0206 . C512. Temperature monitoring ratures of solid. heavy load starting conditions. e. caused by insufficient cooling. Measuring and monitoring relays CM and C5xx range Monitoring features and application ranges Thermistor motor protection CM-MSE. 쐍 Amplification of the switch state information of sensitive contacts 2CDC 252 031 F0004 쐍 Supply and evaluation of NPN or PNP sensors Temperature monitoring Acquisition. CM-ENS and CM-ENN for control and Liquid level monitoring and control regulation of liquid levels and 쐍 Protection of pumps against dry running ratios of mixtures of conductive fluids. g. etc. C513. KTY83. PT1000. sensor evaluation The CM-KRN protects sensitive control contacts from excessive loads and can store switch posi. CM-MSS and CM-MSN provide full Thermistor motor protection protection of motors with integrated PTC resistor 쐍 Protection of motors against thermal overload. C511. Contact protection / sensor evaluation tions.g. 쐍 Frost monitoring 쐍 Temperature limits for process variables. liquid and gaseous media in pro. in the packing or electroplating industry 2CDC 252 032 F0004 쐍 Control of systems and machines like heating. air-conditioning and ventilation systems. 쐍 Motor and system protection cesses and machines via PT100. 2CDC 252 029 F0004 2 ϑ Liquid level monitoring CM-ENE. 쐍 Control cabinet temperature monitoring KTY 84 or NTC sensors with C510. messaging and regulation of tempe. 쐍 Protection against container overflow 쐍 2CDC 252 030 F0004 Control of liquid levels 쐍 Detection of leaks 쐍 Control of mixing ratios Contact protection. heat pumps or hot water supply systems ϑ 쐍 Monitoring of servomotors with KTY sensors 쐍 Bearing and gear oil monitoring 쐍 Coolant monitoring Cycle monitoring Cycle monitor with watchdog function CM-WDS. e. undersized motors. sensors. solar collectors.

SRS.2 No.62 CM-MPN..2 No.1x CM-SRS.01 C558. Measuring and monitoring relays CM and C5xx range Approvals and marks 쐍 existing Current and voltage monitoring.x1 CM-ESS..2 CM-PBE CM-PVE CM-PFS CM-PFE Approvals 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 2 A C UL 508. CAN/CSA C22.2x CM-PSS.52 CM-MPN.x3 CM-SRS.02 C558.2 No.M CM.M CM-SFS.2 CM-EFS. CAN/CSA C22.1x CM-ESS. CAN/CSA C22.14 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 C GL 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 D GOST 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 K CB scheme 쐍 쐍 쐍 E CCC 쐍 쐍 쐍 L RMRS 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 Marks a CE 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 b C-Tick 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 existing 왍 pending Cycle monitoring Thermistor motor protection Liquid level monitoring CM-ENN UP/..14 GL 왍 왍 왍 왍 왍 왍 왍 왍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 D GOST 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 K CB scheme 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 E CCC 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 L RMRS 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 Marks a CE 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 b C-Tick 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 existing Insulation monitors for 왍 pending Motor load Temperature Contact protection.x1 CM-ESS. ungrounded supply monitoring monitoring sensor interface mains CM-IWN-DC CM-IWN-AC CM-LWN CM-KRN CM-SIS C558. PTB 02 ATEX 3080 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 K CB scheme 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 E CCC 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 L RMRS 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 Marks a CE 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 b C-Tick 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 1) Versions with safety isolation without C approval 62  2CDC110004C0206 . CM-ENS UP/.03 C510 C511 C512 C513 Approvals A UL 508.14 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 왍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 왍 쐍 왍 C GL 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍1) 쐍 D GOST 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 쐍 I II (2) G D.72 CM-MPS.. CM-ENE MAX CM-ENE MIN CM-MSS (1) CM-MSS (2) CM-MSS (3) CM-MSS (4) CM-MSS (5) CM-MSS (6) CM-MSS (7) CM-WDS CM-MSN CM-MSE CM-ENN CM-ENS Approvals A UL 508. 왍 pending Three-phase monitoring single-phase CM-MPN.2x CM-PVS.x1 CM-MPS.x1 CM-PAS.

..................................................2.....................................M......... CM-SFS.2 .................................................................. 66 CM-ESS... 64 CM-SRS.......................2 ......................................... 72 Approvals and marks .................................. 146 Current transformers ..........................2 ........ 65 CM-SFS.................. CM-ESS....1..................................................................................... CM-SRS.......................2...............1................................ CM-SRS........... 70 CM-ESS.... 147  63 2CDC110004C0206 .......................2 .......................................................................... 69 Technical data CM-SRS.......................M ..............2 .............................................  Current and voltage monitors..........M ........................................................................1......................................................................... CM-EFS.......... 145 Accessories ................................................... 67 CM-ESS....................... 68 CM-EFS.................................... CM-ESS... single-phase 2 Content Ordering details CM-SRS............. CM-SRS.................. 144 Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................................................................ 62 Technical diagrams........................ CM-ESS.........1...........................................................................................................M.2 ......................................................................

.15 / 0...3-1...2  Threshold value A1-A2 Control supply voltage A1-A2 Control supply voltage 2CDC 252 204 F0005 2CDC 252 205 F0005 A1 1115 C A1 1115 2125 adjustment B1 B2 B3 B1-C Measuring range 1: B1 B2 B3 B1-C Measuring range 1: 3-30 mA or 0.3-15 A Measuring ranges AC/DC: 0.15 / 0.1-1 A 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 840 R0200 1 0...1 Function diagrams CM-SRS.147 64  2CDC110004C0206 .CM-SRS....1 immediately...2  Overcurrent monitoring b Overcurrent monitoring b 2CDC 252 210 F0205 A1-A2 2CDC 252 208 F0205 A1-A2 CM-SRS....... drops below the threshold value plus resp..... on the CM-SRS...........12 / 0....1-1 A or 3-15 A A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 0..21 쐍 CM-SRS.....33 Tripping delay TV adjustable Measuring ranges AC/DC: 0.12 / 0.x1: 3 mA ...26 CM- 쐍 CM-SRS..... 10-100 mA...........2 after the set tripping delay TV..1-30 s 쐍 3 supply voltage versions 24-240 V AC/DC adjustable 1SVR 430 840 R0500 1 0.11 AC-currents 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R1200 1 0.33 SRS..15 / 0.3-1........... 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts -  U/T: green LED ........... single-phase AC/DC ..and 110-130 V AC without 1SVR 430 841 R0200 1 0..2: 220-240 V AC 0.... If the measured value exceeds resp.....33 쐍 Over. Current monitoring relays..  Function diagrams CM-SRS.. 0. minus the adjusted hysteresis......3-1........1: 1 c/o contact 110-130 V AC 0 or 1SVR 430 841 R0500 1 0..5 A...... 1-5 A......b or undercurrent monitoring a in single-phase AC and/or DC systems......1 and CM-SRS........26 CM- 쐍 Monitoring of DC............1 Connection diagram CM-SRS...2 Ordering details Depending on the configuration....1 Threshold Threshold Hysteresis Hysteresis Measured value TV < TV Measured value 11-14 (15-18) 2CDC 251 245 F0t05 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED   Undercurrent monitoring a Undercurrent monitoring a  2CDC 252 211 F0205 A1-A2 2CDC 252 209 F0205 A1-A2  Measured value Measured value Hysteresis TV < TV  Hysteresis Threshold Threshold  11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16)  11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED CM-SRS............... 10-100 mA.. 144 • Dimensional drawings ....2  R: yellow LED - relay status 2CDC 252 272 F0005  I: red LED - over.........33 CM-SRS......... 1418 1216 A2 open-circuit principle 1418 2428 1216 2226 C A2 2125-2226/2428 open-circuit principle control supply voltage........../ undercurrent 1 ON Undercurrent monitoring  Adjustment of the tripping OFF Overcurrent monitoring OFF = Default delay TV Type Control supply Tripping Order code Pack...12 / 0.......... 3-15 A 0. 0..26 CM- 쐍 One device includes 3 110-130 V AC without 1SVR 430 841 R0300 1 0.....5 A.........33 measuring ranges SRS...26 3-30 % CM- 110-130 V AC 0 or 1SVR 430 841 R0400 1 0..15 / 0. 62 • Technical data .... Price Weight voltage delay unit 1 piece 1 piece 50/60 Hz TV piece kg / lb Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 mA...1-30 s 1SVR 430 841 R1500 1 0. The current to be moni- 2CDC 251 244 F0t05 tored (measured value) is applied to terminals B1/B2/B3-C.5 mm width 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Approvals ......x2: 0. (timing) DIP switch functions CM-SRS............12 / 0...............15 / 0.......1-1 A or 3-15 A 1115-1216/1418 Output contact ......33 쐍 22......1.....22 CM-SRS.5 A  Hysteresis adjustment B1 B2 B3 1115 B1 B2 B3 1115 2125 B2-C Measuring range 2: B2-C Measuring range 2: 10-100 mA or 1-5 A 10-100 mA or 1-5 A  DIP switches (see C B3-C Measuring range 3: C B3-C Measuring range 3: DIP switch functions) A1 A2 1216 1418 0... the current monitoring relays CM-SRS..... the output relay(s) energize(s): on the CM-SRS...33 SRS....70 • Technical diagrams .......or undercurrent monitoring configurable Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 mA............5 A 3-30 mA or 0.15 / 0....15 / 0.......2 Connection diagram CM-SRS.. 1-5 A...........145 • Accessories ....1-30 s 1SVR 430 841 R1400 1 0.15 / 0.........2 can be used for over........ The devices work according the open-circuit principle...... 3-15 A 쐍 RMS measuring principle 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 840 R0300 1 0.1 and CM-SRS...2: 2 c/o contacts 220-240 V AC 0.1-1 A 쐍 Hysteresis adjustable from 24-240 V AC/DC adjustable 1SVR 430 840 R0400 1 0.. CM-SRS. 0. drops below the adjusted threshold value... If the mea-  sured value exceeds resp..........3-1..............12 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 841 R1300 1 0.... 146 • Current transformers ........33 SRS.  2  The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value... the  output relay(s) de-energize(s)....1 A CM-SRS..

....CM-SRS. the output relays do not change their actual state.. 1-5 A...1-1 A 3-30 % 쐍 Start-up delay TS CM........1-30 s 쐍 Tripping delay TV Measuring ranges AC/DC: 0. red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED timing Closed-circuit principle closed Closed-circuit principle closed  R: yellow LED - 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) relay status 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED I: red LED .....M  Adjustment of the tripping Overcurrent monitoring b without latching e Undercurrent monitoring a without latching e delay TV 2CDC 252 212 F0205 2CDC 252 213 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2  Adjustment of the start-up Threshold Measured value delay TS Hysteresis Measured value Hysteresis Threshold  DIP switches (see Open-circuit principle open TS TV < TV Open-circuit principle open TS TV < TV 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) DIP switch functions) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28)  U/T: green LED ....... CM-SRS..26 쐍 22..or undercurrent mo......and 2CDC 252 205 F0005 A1 1115 2125 B1-C Measuring range 1: closed AC-currents B1 B2 B3 3-30 mA bzw.......... Open h or closed-circuit principle g are configurable................... 0 or 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 840 R0600 1 0..5 A....M1 0.................. plus the set hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e. drops below the adjusted threshold value when TS is complete.M DIP switch functions CM-SRS. 146 • Current transformers .. 0.... the output relays de-energize h / energize g.5 mm width 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Approvals .............3-15 A C 10-100 mA bzw.....  Threshold value adjustment  Hysteresis adjustment Function diagrams CM-SRS............M can be used for over.. red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED over...... when the supply vol-  tage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset... 0....1-1 A bzw.3-1. 3-15 A 쐍 One device includes 3 1418 1216 C 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts .......M2: 0. the output relays energize h / de-energize g.M2 24-240 V AC/DC 0..12 / 0........ 1 ON OFF Undercurrent monitoring Overcurrent monitoring 2 ON Closed-circuit principle OFF Open-circuit principle 2125-2226/2428 open-or measuring ranges 2428 2226 A2 closed circuit principle 3 ON Latching function activated OFF = Default 쐍 Over...... 0... 62 • Technical data ................ With acti- 2  vated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only.... when the supply  voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only...M Ordering details Depending on the configuration.5 A ON I B1 B2 B3 1115 2125 CM-SRS... Current monitoring relays../ undercurrent Overcurrent monitoring b with latching f Undercurrent monitoring b with latching f 2CDC 252 214 F0205 2CDC 252 215 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2 Reset Reset Threshold Measured value Hysteresis Hysteresis Measured value Threshold TS TV TS < TV Open-circuit principle open Open-circuit principle open TS TV TS < TV 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED closed closed Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED Connection diagram CM-SRS.. drops below the adjusted threshold value before the set start-up delay TS is complete..M The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value......1-30 s SRS.1 A B2-C Measuring range 2: CM-SRS.. 3-15 A adjustable 0..... multifunctional ....26 adjustable 0.................70 • Technical diagrams .......... 144 • Dimensional drawings ......... 21-22 (25-26) green LED 21-22 (25-26) green LED control supply voltage.or closed circuit Type Control supply Tripping Order code Pack............... drops below the threshold value minus resp........145 • Accessories .....   If the measured value exceeds resp....... If the measured value exceeds  resp............................. minus the set hysteresis.....3-1..147  65 2CDC110004C0206 ...1-30 s 1SVR 430 840 R0700 1 0....... single-phase AC/DC... the current monitoring relays CM-SRS.................M 2CDC 252 273 F0005 A1-A2 Control supply voltage Position 4 3 2 1 쐍 Monitoring of DC..... If TV is  complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp...12 / 0......M1: 3 mA ....... 0. The current to be monitored (mea- 2CDC 251 247 F0t05 sured value) is applied to terminals B1/B2/B3-C....................... below the threshold value plus resp..... 10-100 mA... 1-5 A OFF open I B3-C Measuring range 3: 쐍 RMS measuring principle A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 0......... the tripping delay TV starts.b or undercurrent monitoring a in single-phase AC and/or DC systems....... Price Weight principle configurable voltage delay unit 1 piece 1 piece 쐍 Latching function 50/60 Hz TV adjustable piece kg / lb configurable 쐍 Hysteresis adjustable from Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 mA........ OFF Latching function not activated nitoring configurable 쐍 Open..1-30 s 0 or CM- 쐍 2 c/o contacts SRS...... If the measured value exceeds resp.....

.... 1 ON OFF-delay 2 ON Closed-circuit principle 1418 1216 C OFF ON-delay OFF Open-circuit principle 쐍 Latching function 2428 2226 A2 2125-2226/2428 open-or closed circuit principle 3 ON Latching function activated 4 ON 2x1 c/o contact configurable OFF Latching function not activated OFF 1x2 c/o contacts 쐍 Thresholds for Imin and Imax adjustable Type Control supply Tripping Order code Pack..5 mm width 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Approvals ....3-15 A red LED red LED 쐍 RMS measuring principle yellow LED yellow LED 쐍 One device includes 3 measuring ranges Connection diagram CM-SFS. 2   If the measured value exceeds resp... relay status Current window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j Current window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j I: red LED - ON-delayed A without latching f OFF-delayed B without latching e over. Open.or closed circuit 0.. below the threshold value  minus resp.. when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays re- main de-energized g and energize only.......12 / 0........1-1 A adjustable 0...  If the measured value exceeds resp............ and remain in this position during the set trip-  Threshold value ping delay TV...... 146 • Current transformers ......1-1 A or 3-15 A OFF = Default principle configurable A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts .145 • Accessories ........1-30 s signal) or 2x1 c/o contact Measuring ranges AC/DC: 0... Function diagrams CM-SFS....... the output relays energize h / de-energize g....1-30 s 쐍 Tripping delay TV Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 mA. “<I“ = 2125-2226/2428 control supply voltage.2 can be used for the simultaneous monitoring of over.. provided that the latching function is not acti- delay TV vated e......  ON-delayed A current window monitoring with parallel switching c/o contacts j:  If the measured value exceeds resp.......21 0..and undercurrent A1-A2 Control supply voltage Position 4 3 2 1 2CDC 252 205 F0005 A1 1115 2125 B1-C Measuring range 1: monitoring B1 B2 B3 3-30 mA or 0.. Depending on the configuration.. 10-100 mA........ 3-15 A (separate signals for Imin CM............ drops below the adjusted threshold value when the set start-up delay TS is complete..... the output relays energize h /de-energize g... 0 or and Imax) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 760 R0500 1 0.......... the output relays do not change their actual state...............and undercurrent monitoring.. adjustment <I If the measured value exceeds resp.. 144 • Dimensional drawings ...... minus the hysteresis and the latching  function is not activated f....3-1.  U/T: green LED ........... when the supply voltage is delay TS switched off and then again switched on = Reset... 1-5 A. one c/o contact each i or both c/o 2CDC 251 246 F0t05 contacts in parallel j can be used for the over.. With activated latching function e the CM-SFS. drops below the adjusted threshold value when TS is complete. the functionality is equivalent to the one described above. timing  R: yellow LED ..5 A..1-30 s 쐍 22............. drops below the adjusted threshold value before the set start-up delay TS is comple- te.26 SFS.  Adjustment of the tripping After completion of TV......12 / 0........... window monitoring ...... the output relays de-energize h / energize g... minus the fixed hysteresis (5%) and the for undercurrent latching function is not activated e...70 • Technical diagrams . With activated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only..  Threshold value adjustment >I OFF-delayed B current window monitoring with parallel switching c/o contacts j: for overcurrent If the measured value exceeds resp....26 쐍 1x2 c/o contacts (common SFS................. Price Weight 쐍 Fixed hysteresis of 5 % voltage delay unit 1 piece 1 piece 쐍 Start-up delay TS 50/60 Hz TV adjustabe piece kg / lb adjustable 0.. “>I“ = 1115-1216/1418 .. instead of both output relays.... There is only to consider DIP switch functions) that in this case.........21: 3 mA . when the  Adjustment of the start-up supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only.........../ undercurrent 2CDC 252 216 F0205 2CDC 252 217 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2 Thresholdmax Thresholdmax Hysteresis Hysteresis Measured value Measured value TS TV < TV TS TV TV Hysteresis Hysteresis Thresholdmin Thresholdmin Open-circuit principle open Open-circuit principle open 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED 쐍 Monitoring of DC.........2 DIP switch function CM-SFS......147 66  2CDC110004C0206 ........3-1.. only one output relay each will be switched.... 0... 62 • Technical data ................  DIP switches (see When i is adjusted on the device.. single-phase AC/DC.......1-30 s CM. when the supply voltage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset..... 0.. drops below the threshold value plus resp..... the tripping delay TV starts..2 Further function diagrams see data sheet.......22: 0.............. 0 or 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 760 R0400 1 0... plus the fixed hysteresis (5%). The current to be monitored (measured value) is applied to terminals B1/B2/B3-C... drops below the threshold value plus resp...5 A ON 2x1 c/o closed 쐍 ON-or OFF-delay B1 B2 B3 1115 2125 B2-C Measurign range 2: configurable C 10-100 mA or 1-5 A OFF 1x2 c/o B3-C Measuring range 3: open 쐍 Open........h or closed-circuit principle g as well as an adjustable ON A or OFF tripping B delay are configurable.....2 Ordering details The current window monitoring relays CM-SFS.22 0......2 output relays remain energized h and de-energize only.................... the output relays de-energize h / energize g...... Current monitoring relay..(>I) and undercur- rents (<I) in single-phase AC and/or DC systems.......... when A is configured.. when B is configured. the tripping delay TV starts.1 A 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED CM-SFS..and closed closed Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) AC-currents 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) CM-SFS.CM-SFS......2 쐍 2CDC 252 274 F0005 Over... 0... If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp.....

.....1 and CM-ESS. 60-600 V 쐍 RMS measuring principle 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 830 R0300 1 0... drops below the adjusted threshold value...2 yellow LED  Threshold value Connection diagram CM-ESS.... 62 • Technical data ............/ undervoltage 1 ON Undervoltage monitoring Adjustment of the tripping OFF Overvoltage monitoring OFF = Default delay TV Type Control supply Tripping Order code Pack.....2 쐍 CM-ESS............ 30-300 V.......1 Function diagrams CM-ESS. Voltage monitoring relays... the output relay(s) energize(s): on the CM-ESS.12 / 0..... drops below the threshold value plus resp. 6-60 V..1 6-60 V...........1: 1 c/o contact CM-ESS........5 mm width 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Approvals ...15 / 0.......2: 220-240 V AC 0...... The voltage to be moni- 2CDC 251 248 F0t05 tored (measured value) is applied to terminals B-C.....15 / 0........33 ESS.....33 Tripping delay TV adjustable 0.2  R: yellow LED - relay status 2CDC 252 275 F0005  U: red LED - over... 6-60 V........... CM-ESS......33 쐍 Over.....2 Ordering details Depending on the configuration.........1 Connection diagram CM-ESS. single-phase AC/DC .....15 / 0...or undervoltage mo- nitoring configurable 24-240 V AC/DC adjustable 1SVR 430 830 R0400 1 0....145 • Accessories ... The devices work according the open-circuit principle.2 after the set tripping delay TV......... the  output relay(s) de-energize(s).... measuring range C 30-300 V.........12 / 0.....and kg / lb AC-voltages from 3-600 V Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 V...1 immediately. 0.....2: 2 c/o contacts 쐍 22.. Price Weight voltage delay unit 1 piece 1 piece 50/60 Hz TV piece 쐍 Monitoring of DC.72 • Technical diagrams .....   2  Function diagrams CM-ESS...........................2 adjustment 2CDC 252 206 F0005 2CDC 252 207 F0005  Hysteresis adjustment A1 1115 C A1 1115 2125 B A1-A2 Control supply voltage B A1-A2 Control supply voltage  Adjustment of the B 1115 B-C Measuring ranges: 3-30 V.....26 쐍 Hysteresis adjustable from CM- 110-130 V AC 0 or 1SVR 430 831 R0400 1 0.1-30 s 쐍 3 supply voltage versions 쐍 CM-ESS... 60-600 V 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 831 R1300 1 0..... 6-60 V....... 146  67 2CDC110004C0206 .. the voltage monitoring relays CM-ESS...............2 can be used for over............ minus the adjusted hysteresis.....CM-ESS.15 / 0........ timing DIP switch functions CM-ESS.. on the CM-ESS........2  Overvoltage monitoring d Overvoltage monitoring d CM-ESS.....26 쐍 One device includes 4 CM- measuring ranges: 3-30 V.. 30-300 V...33 3-30 % ESS.1 and CM-ESS... 60-600 V C 30-300 V........  The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value......1 2CDC 252 210 F0205 A1-A2 2CDC 252 208 F0205 A1-A2 Threshold Threshold Hysteresis Hysteresis Measured value TV < TV Measured value 2CDC 251 249 F0t05 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED   Undervoltage monitoring c Undervoltage monitoring c  2CDC 252 211 F0205 A1-A2  2CDC 252 209 F0205 A1-A2 Measured value TV < TV Measured value Hysteresis  Hysteresis Threshold Threshold 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16)  11-12 (15-16) green LED 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26)  red LED green LED red LED yellow LED CM-ESS...... 144 • Dimensional drawings ......d or undervoltage monitoring c in single-phase AC and/or DC systems.......1-30 s 1SVR 430 831 R1400 1 0............ B 1115 2125 B-C Measuring ranges: 3-30 V..... 110-130 V AC without 1SVR 430 831 R0300 1 0.1..... If the measured value exceeds resp. If the mea-  sured value exceeds resp..... 60-600 V  DIP switches (see A1 A2 1216 1418 1115-1216/1418 Output contact - open-circuit principle A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 1115-1216/1418 2125-2226/2428 Output contacts - open-circuit principle DIP switch functions) 1418 1216 C 1418 1216 A2 2428 2226 A2  U/T: green LED - control supply voltage........

..... multifunctional .... 60-600 V 쐍 Over......and C 30-300 V.  CM-ESS.M can be used for over.. If the measured value exceeds resp......M 0..... 60-600 V 쐍 Hysteresis adjustable from 3-30 % CM.... 0.or undervoltage monitoring configurable Type Control supply Tripping Order code Pack.  If the measured value exceeds resp... the output relays energize h / de-energize g............ Open h or closed-circuit principle g are selectable....... the tripping delay TV starts......145 • Accessories ........72 • Technical diagrams . mi-  nus the set hysteresis....or closed circuit principle configurable voltage delay unit 1 piece 1 piece 쐍 Latching function 50/60 Hz TV adjustable piece kg / lb configurable Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 V........... minus the set hysteresis and the latching function is not activated e....... 6-60 V.. With acti- 2   vated latching function f the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only..... OFF Latching function not activated 6-60 V............or closed circuit 쐍 RMS measuring principle A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 1418 1216 C principle 1 ON Undervoltage monitoring 2 ON Closed-circuit principle OFF Overvoltage monitoring OFF Open-circuit principle 쐍 One device includes 4 2428 2226 A2 3 ON Latching function activated OFF = Default measuring ranges: 3-30 V.... 21-22 (25-26) green LED 21-22 (25-26) green LED control supply voltage red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED  R: yellow LED ... drops below the threshold value plus resp. 0 or 쐍 Tripping delay TV 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 830 R0500 1 0.. Closed-circuit principle closed Closed-circuit principle closed 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) relay status 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) U: red LED .........M 2CDC 252 276 F0005 Position 4 3 2 1 2CDC 252 207 F0005 A1 1115 2125 A1-A2 Control supply voltage closed B ON V B 1115 2125 B-C Measuring ranges: 3-30 V...........  The hysteresis is adjustable within a range of 3-30 % of the threshold value.............................. 30-300 V. the voltage monitoring relay CM-ESS................... below the threshold value plus resp.......... If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp............ 21-22 (25-26) green LED 21-22 (25-26) green LED over................ Voltage monitoring relay....1-30 s adjustable 0...M  Threshold value adjustment  Hysteresis adjustment Function diagrams CM-ESS....CM-ESS......... when the supply vol-  tage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset. 144 • Dimensional drawings .........1-30 s 쐍 2 c/o contacts 쐍 22... Price Weight 쐍 Open................. single-phase AC/DC... 146 68  2CDC110004C0206 .. 60-600 V OFF open V AC-voltages from 3-600 V 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - 2125-2226/2428 Open..... 30-300 V. The voltage to be monitored (measured 2CDC 251 250 F0t05 value) is applied to terminals B-C.........M Ordering details Depending on the configuration.... drops below the adjusted threshold value.../ undervoltage red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED Overvoltage monitoring d with latching f Undervoltage monitoring c with latching f 2CDC 252 230 F0205 2CDC 252 231 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2 Reset Reset Threshold Measured value Hysteresis Hysteresis Measured value Threshold < TV TV < TV Open-circuit principle open Open-circuit principle open < TV TV < TV 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED closed closed Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED Connection diagram CM-ESS........ 쐍 Monitoring of DC............ 6-60 V.......12 / 0.... the output relays de-energize h / energize g.d or un- dervoltage monitoring c in single-phase AC and/or DC systems...........M DIP switch functions CM-ESS........26 ESS.............M  Adjustment of the tripping Overvoltage monitoring d without latching e Undervoltage monitoring c without latching e delay TV 2CDC 252 228 F0205 2CDC 252 229 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2  Adjustment of the Threshold Measured value measuring range Hysteresis Measured value Hysteresis Threshold  DIP switches Open-circuit principle open < TV TV < TV Open-circuit principle open < TV TV < TV 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) (see DIP switch functions) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28)  U/T: green LED ...5 mm width 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Approvals . when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only...... 62 • Technical data ..

. With activated latching function e the  output relays remain energized h and de-energize only. With activated latching function e the output relays remain energized h and de-energize only......... the tripping delay TV starts... drops below the threshold value plus resp.and AC- voltages from 3-600 V Connection diagram CM-EFS.1-30 s (separate signals for Umin and Umax) 쐍 22..... Further function diagrams see data sheet..... the output relays energize h / de-ener- adjustment >U gize g.. 30-300 V..............2 timing Voltage window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j Voltage window monitoring 1x2 c/o contact j  R: yellow LED - ON-delayed A without latching e OFF-delayed B without latching e relay status U: red LED - 2CDC 252 232 F0205 2CDC 252 233 F0205 A1-A2 A1-A2 Thresholdmax Thresholdmax over.26 signal) or 2x1 c/o contact EFS.............. drops below the adjusted threshold value.......2 쐍 RMS measuring principle 2CDC 252 274 F0005 Position 4 3 2 1 쐍 One device includes 4 2CDC 252 207 F0005 A1 1115 2125 B A1-A2 Supply voltage closed measuring ranges: 3-30 V... 6-60 V....and undervoltage C 30-300 V.. for overvoltage If the measured value exceeds resp............ window monitoring ........  ON-delayed A voltage window monitoring with parallel switching c/o contacts j:  If the measured value exceeds resp............... 60-600 V 0. Price Weight 쐍 Thresholds for Umin and Umax adjustable voltage delay unit 1 piece 1 piece 쐍 Fixed hysteresis of 5 % 50/60 Hz TV adjustable piece kg / lb 쐍 Tripping delay TV adjustable Measuring ranges AC/DC: 3-30 V.... only one output relay each will be switched.... one c/o contact each i or both c/o 2CDC 251 251 F0t05 contacts in parallel j can be used for the over....... below the threshold value minus resp.. when the supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays re-  main de-energized g and energize only./ undervoltage Hysteresis Hysteresis Measured value Measured value < TV TV < TV TV TV Hysteresis Hysteresis Thresholdmin Thresholdmin Open-circuit principle open Open-circuit principle open 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED closed closed Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle 11-14 (15-18) 11-14 (15-18) 11-12 (15-16) 11-12 (15-16) 21-24 (25-28) 21-24 (25-28) 21-22 (25-26) 21-22 (25-26) green LED green LED red LED red LED yellow LED yellow LED 쐍 Monitoring of DC.. There is only to consider that in this case....... CM-EFS......... the output relays de-energize h / energize g............ 30-300 V. when B is configured........... when the  Adjustment of the tripping supply voltage is interrupted / the output relays remain de-energized g and energize only... when the supply voltage is delay TV switched off and then again switched on = Reset...2 can be used for the simultaneous monitoring of over.(>U) and undervol- tages (<U) in single-phase AC and/or DC systems.... Open...... 0.... the functionality is equivalent to the one described above.. 144 • Dimensional drawings ...........72 • Technical diagrams ... 쐍 Over..............145 • Accessories ........... 60-600 V 3-30 V.... Voltage monitoring relay... minus the fixed hysteresis (5%) and the  Threshold value latching function is not activated e............. 60-600 V OFF 1x2 c/o open OFF = Default 1115-1216/1418 Output contacts - monitoring A1 A2 1216 1418 2226 2428 2125-2226/2428 open.... If TV is complete and the measured value is still exceeding resp. measuring range “>U“ = 1115-1216/1418 ..CM-EFS. instead of both output relays.............12 / 0... Function diagrams CM-EFS...or closed circuit OFF Latching function not activated OFF 1x2 c/o contacts principle configurable 쐍 Latching function configurable Type Control supply Tripping Order code Pack.. the tripping delay TV starts.... B 1115 2125 B-C Measuring ranges: ON 2x1 c/o 6-60 V... Depending on the configuration.. 146  69 2CDC110004C0206 ..... when A is configured...2 0. If the measured value exceeds resp.......... and remain in this position during the set tripping delay TV...2 DIP switch functions CM-EFS....1-30 s 쐍 1x2 c/o contacts (common CM..........or closed circuit 쐍 1 ON OFF-delay 2 ON Closed-circuit principle ON-or OFF-delay 1418 1216 C principle OFF ON-delay OFF Open-circuit principle 2428 2226 A2 configurable 3 ON Latching function activated 4 ON 2x1 c/o contact 쐍 Open............ provided that the latching function is not acti- for undervoltage vated e........ 0 or 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 750 R0400 1 0..2 Ordering details The voltage window monitoring relay CM-EFS.... drops below the threshold value plus resp..and undervoltage monitoring..... the output relays energize h /de-energize g...........h or closed-circuit principle g as well as an adjustable ON A or OFF trip- ping B delay are configurable...... 6-60 V...... plus   the fixed hysteresis (5%).. drops below the adjusted threshold value......... The voltage to be monitored (measured value) is applied to terminals B-C. “<U“ = 2125-2226/2428  DIP switches (see DIP switch functions)  U/T: green LED - control supply voltage. 62 • Technical data .... the output relays de-energize h / energize g.2 OFF-delayed B voltage window monitoring with parallel switching c/o contacts j:  Threshold value If the measured value exceeds resp. adjustment <U After completion of TV.5 mm width 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Approvals . when the supply voltage is switched off and then again switched on = Reset..  Adjustment of the When i is adjusted on the device. minus the hysteresis and the latching 2  function is not activated e.. single-phase AC/DC.

. single-phase CM-SRS..or undercurrent monitoring over.2 Input circuit .07 % of full scale Hysteresis related to the threshold value 3-30 % adjustable 5 % fixed Measuring signal frequency range DC / 15 Hz .5 A 2A 7A 17 A Continous capacity Threshold value(s) adjustable within the indicated measuring range Setting accuracy of threshold value 10 % Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 0.6 VA 24-240 V AC/DC 30 mA / 0. CM-SRS.6 VA - 220-240 V AC .1-1 A 0. Current monitoring relays.and under- configurable current monitoring Measuring method RMS measuring principle Measuring CM-SxS.1 0.2 kHz Rated measuring signal frequency range DC / 50-60 Hz Maximum response time AC: 80 ms / DC: 120 ms Measuring error within the supply voltage tolerance .01 0.9 VA 11 mA / 2.3-1.1.x2 inputs Terminal connection B1-C B2-C B3-C B1-C B2-C B3-C Measuring ranges AC/DC 3-30 mA 10-100 mA 0..M and CM-SFS.M CM-SFS.+10 % 2 Rated frequency AC versions AC/DC versions 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz or DC Current / power consumption 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 110-130 V AC . 12 mA / 2.x1 CM-SxS.75 W 17 mA / 1.0025 Pulse overload capacity t < 1 s 500 mA 1A 10 A 15 A 50 A 100 A 50 mA 150 mA 1.Measuring circuit B1/B2/B3-C Monitoring function over.6 VA On-period 100 % Power failure buffering 20 ms Transient overvoltage protection Varistors Input circuit .1 CM-SRS. 24 mA / 2.5 A 1-5 A 3-15 A 2) Input resistance 3.2 Technical data Type CM-SRS.05 0.2.2 CM-SRS.3 1 0. CM-SRS.Supply circuit A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage US A1-A2 110-130 V AC A1-A2 220-240 V AC A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15.

5 % Measuring error within the temperature range . 0.

07 % of full scale Timing error within supply voltage tolerance . 0.1-30 s adjustable Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 0. .06 % / °C Timing circuit Start-up delay TS none 0 or 0.1-30 s adjustable Tripping delay TV none 0 or 0.

0.5 % Timing error within temperature range . .

W: undercurrent Relay status R: yellow LED V: relay energized. active latching function Output circuits 11(15)-12(16)/14(18).06 % / °C Indication of operational states Control supply voltage U/T: green LED V: control supply voltage applied. 21(25)-22(26)/24(28) . X: start-up delay TS active. 0. active latching function Y: relay de-energized. IEC 947-1) 250 V Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 24 V / 10 mA Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current 250 V AC / 4 A AC 70  2CDC110004C0206 .or closed-circuit principle open-circuit principle configurable Contact material AgNi Rated voltage ( VDE 0110. W: tripping delay TV active Measured value I: red LED V: overcurrent.Relays Kind of output 1x2 c/o contacts 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts or 2x1 c/o contact configurable Operating principle 1) open. no latching function Z: relay energized.

. EN 55022 Class B 1) Open-circuit principle: output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds b / falls below a the adjusted threshold value Closed-circuit principle: output relay de-energizes if measured value exeeds b / falls below a the adjusted threshold value 2) In case of measured currents > 10 A..2... rated operational voltage max.. IEC 664.28 inch) Tightening torque 0. circuit / output IEC/EN 60255-5) supply / output 1 / 250 V output 2 Rated impulse withstand voltage supply / measuring 6 kV 1... circuit / output IEC/EN 60255-5) supply / output 1 / 4 kV 1.2 CM-SRS..M and CM-SFS......... CM-SRS....8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20... single-phase CM-SRS..75-2.M CM-SFS. 4 A) 0................. continuous thermal current at B 300 300 V AC 5A 2 max.1 CM-SRS.1x106 switching cycles Short-circuit capacity / n/c contact 6 A fast-acting 10 A fast-acting 6 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast-acting General data Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.... Current monitoring relays.. IEC 664...94 inch) Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022) Mounting position any Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0.2/50 μs output 2 Pollution degree (VDE 0110.. 6 cycles Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2 Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2 Isolation data Rated insulation voltage supply / measuring 600 V (VDE 0110....2 Rated AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A operational AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A current DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A (IEC 60947-5-1) DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 (UL 508) max. 230 V.....07 x 3.. making/breaking apparent power 3600/360 VA (Make/Break) at B 300 Mechanical lifetime 30x106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime (AC12.... CM-SRS..2/50 μs Uimp (IEC/EN 60947-1.+60 °C / -40. 10 mm • Approvals ... IEC/EN 60255-5) 3 Overvoltage category (VDE 0110.6-0..5-4 mm2 (2 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0. 62  71 2CDC110004C0206 ....89 x 3..+85 °C Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C..5 mm2 (2 x 18-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0..... IEC/EN 60255-5) III Standards Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity IEC/EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-9 Level 3 HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3 electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22..... IEC 60947-1..... lateral spacing has to be min. EN 55022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22...5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.2 Technical data Type CM-SRS.1.

2 Input circuit .2 kHz Rated measuring signal frequency range DC / 50-60 Hz Maximum response time AC: 80 ms / DC: 120 ms Measuring error within the supply voltage tolerance .07 % of full scale Hysteresis related to the threshold value 3-30 % adjustable 5 % fixed Measuring signal frequency range DC / 15 Hz . 12 mA / 2.and undervol- configurable tage monitoring Measuring method RMS measuring principle Measuring CM-ExS inputs Terminal connection B-C B-C B-C B-C Measuring range AC/DC 3-30 V 6-60 V 30-300 V 60-600 V Input resistance 600 k 600 k 600 k 600 k Pulse overload capacity t < 1 s 800 V 800 V 800 V 800 V 660 V 660 V 660 V 660 V Continous capacity Threshold value(s) adjustable within the indicated measuring range Setting accuracy of threshold value 10 % Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 0.1 CM-ESS.Measuring circuit B-C Monitoring function over. Voltage monitoring relays.1. CM-ESS.6 VA 24-240 V AC/DC 30 mA / 0.+10 % 2 Rated frequency AC versions AC/DC versions 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz or DC Current / power consumption 24 V DC 115 V AC 230 V AC 110-130 V AC . single-phase CM-ESS.75 W 17 mA / 1.or undervoltage monitoring over.M CM-EFS.6 VA - 220-240 V AC . .9 VA 11 mA / 2.Supply circuit A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage US A1-A2 110-130 V AC A1-A2 220-240 V AC A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15. CM-ESS.6 VA On-period 100 % Power failure buffering 20 ms Transient overvoltage protection Varistors Input circuit ..M and CM-EFS Technical data Type CM-ESS.2.. 24 mA / 2.2 CM-ESS.

5 % Measuring error within the temperature range . 0.

07 % of full scale Timing error within supply voltage tolerance .1-30 s adjustable Repeat accuracy (constant parameters) 0. 0. .06 % / °C Transient overvoltage protection Varistors Timing circuit Delay time TV none 0 or 0.

.5 % Timing error within temperature range . 0.

0.06 % / °C Indication of operational states Control supply voltage U/T: green LED V: control supply voltage applied. no latching function Z: relay energized. W: undervoltage Relay status R: yellow LED V: relay energized.Relays Kind of output 1x2 c/o contacts 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts or 2x1 c/o contact configurable Operating principle 1) open. active latching function Output circuits 11(15)-12(16)/14(18).or closed-circuit principle open-circuit principle configurable Contact material AgNi Rated voltage (VDE 0110. active latching function Y: relay de-energized. 21(25)-22(26)/24(28) . W: tripping delay TV active Measured value U: red LED V: overvoltage. IEC 947-1) 250 V Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current 24 V / 10 mA Maximum switching voltage / maximum switching current 250 V AC / 4 A AC 72  2CDC110004C0206 .

2/50 μs output 2 Pollution degree (VDE 0110...M and CM-EFS Technical data Type CM-ESS...2/50 μs Uimp (IEC/EN 60947-1.... CM-ESS...M CM-EFS..1 CM-ESS. Voltage monitoring relays.28 inch) Tightening torque 0. single-phase CM-ESS..+60 °C / -40..94 inch) Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022) Mounting position any Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0...+85 °C Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C..5-4 mm2 (2 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0. continuous thermal current at B 300 300 V AC 5A 2 max... circuit / output IEC/EN 60255-5) supply / output 1 / 250 V output 2 Rated impulse withstand voltage supply / measuring 6 kV 1....07 x 3.1.. IEC/EN 60255-5) 3 Overvoltage category (VDE 0110. circuit / output IEC/EN 60255-5) supply / output 1 / 4 kV 1.... making/breaking apparent power 3600/360 VA (Make/Break) at B 300 Mechanical lifetime 30x106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime (AC12..2 Rated AC12 (resistive) at 230 V 4A operational AC15 (inductive) at 230 V 3A current DC12 (resistive) at 24 V 4A (IEC 60947-5-1) DC13 (inductive) at 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 (UL 508) max... IEC 664. EN 55022 Class B 1) Open-circuit principle: output relay energizes if the measured value exceeds d / falls below c the adjusted threshold value Closed-circuit principle: output relay de-energizes if measured value exeeds d / falls below c the adjusted threshold value2) • Approvals . rated operational voltage max. EN 55022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22..... 4 A) 0.. 6 cycle Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2 Shock (IEC/EN 60255-21-2) Class 2 Isolation data Rated insulation voltage supply / measuring 600 V (VDE 0110..... CM-ESS..............8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20.. IEC 664...89 x 3.... 62  73 2CDC110004C0206 ...6-0.......... 230 V.5 mm2 (2 x 18-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0.... IEC 60947-1..75-2.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.....2 CM-ESS.1x106 switching cycles Short-circuit capacity / n/c contact 6 A fast-acting 10 A fast-acting 6 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast-acting Gerneral data Dimensions (W x H x D) 22. IEC/EN 60255-5) III Standards Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity IEC/EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-9 Level 3 HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 Interference emission IEC/EN 61000-6-3 electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22..2.....

Notes 2 74  2CDC110004C0206 .

........ CM-PVS............................................................................................................ CM-PFE......................................x1 ................................ 80 CM-PAS................... 86 CM-PSS............. 76 Selection / Conversation table ..........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................xx........................................ CM-PFS....... 82 Functional description / function diagrams .......................................................................................................xx..................................x1 .............................. CM-MPS.....................x3............. CM-MPN......  Three-phase monitors Newtion ra gene 2 Content Novelties ... 62 Technical diagrams................................xx............................................................. 81 CM-MPS................................................ CM-PVE ................ CM-PFS............ CM-PVS....................... 77 Ordering details CM-PBE............................................ 145 Accessories ............... 90 CM-MPS.................................x2 .......................................................................xx .............. 88 CM-MPS..x3............................. 79 CM-PSS...................................................................................................................................................................... 78 CM-PFE....................................................................... CM-PAS.......... 144 Dimensional drawings ......................................................................... 92 Approvals and marks .................................... CM-MPN..... 83 Technical data CM-PBE.....................................x2 ................... 146  75 2CDC110004C0206 . CM-PVE........xx.....xx............

ou20t09 New n Pha end of for r atio plan ned ge n e 2 2CDC 255 088 F0b04 2CDC 255 059 F0b08 Modifications in comparison to the predecessor version Improved handling / display Expanded functionality 1) ABB’s new generation of three-phase monitoring relays feature Adjustment of the type of tripping delay additional functions making the application field for the devices Phase-out types New generation considerably larger. Phase-out types New generation Automatic phase sequence correction 1) Potentiometer with Potentiometer with linear scale logarithmic scale The automatic phase sequence correction is activated by means of a DIP switch. it is ensured that for any non-fixed or portable equipment.z x: width of enclosure y: measuring / supply range z: rated frequency / operating principle of the output relays The order and color of the LEDs have been adapted. This enables monitoring of three-phase mains where phase sequence is not relevant for the application. For details regarding the wiring. e. The new type designation is descriptive and one-to-one. the correct phase sequence is always applied to the input terminals of the load. etc. heating applications. a very exact time adjustment in the lower time range. construction machinery. Furthermore the time delay can be switched off by turning to Expanded type designation the left stop.g. 1) depending on device 76  2CDC110004C0206 . With activated phase sequence correction. for example in case of motors with forward and reverse Adjustment of the time values rotation. please The new potentiometer allows see function description / diagrams. Sliding switch Rotary switch 1) DIP switches 1) Selectable phase sequence monitoring 1) The phase sequence monitoring can be switched off by means of a rotary switch or a DIP switch 1). Three-phase monitoring relays Novelties s e . Status LEDs Structure of the type designation Phase-out types New generation CM-_ _ x.y.

For this.31 CM-PSS.52 CM-MPN.or OFF-delay ( ) Output contacts n/o contacts 1 1 1 1 c/o contacts 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 24) 24) 24) 24) 24) Indication of operational states LED(s) 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Replacement for / conversion table CM-PSS (1SVR 430 784 R2300)  CM-PSS (1SVR 430 784 R3300)  CM-PVS (1SVR 430 794 R1300)  CM-PVS (1SVR 430 794 R3300)  CM-PAS (1SVR 430 774 R1300)  CM-PAS (1SVR 430 774 R3300)  CM-MPS (1SVR 430 885 R1300)  CM-MPS (1SVR 430 885 R3300)  CM-MPS (1SVR 430 884 R1300)  CM-MPS (1SVR 430 884 R3300)  1) Devices with neutral monitoring are also suitable for monitoring single-phase mains. L2 and L3 have to be jumpered and connected as one single conductor. (2x1 c/o contact is only possible with over.and OFF-delay fix fix fix fix fix ON.11 CM-MPS.31 CM-MPS. phase sequence monitoring has to be deactivated and the threshold value for phase unbalance has to be set to the maximum (25 %).21 CM-MPS. all three external conductors L1.41 CM-MPS.62 CM-MPN.41 CM-PVS. 3) Interruppted neutral monitoring 4) Operating mode 1x2 or 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact can be selected. If available.31 CM-PAS.72 CM-MPS. Three-phase monitoring relays Innovations Selection and conversion table CM-MPN.41 CM-PBE CM-PBE CM-PVE CM-PVE CM-PFS CM-PFE adjustable fix fixed value Rated control supply voltage US 90-170 V AC  160-300 V AC      2 180-280 V AC 185-265 V AC  208-440 V AC  200-500 V AC  220-240 V AC  320-460 V AC  300-500 V AC     350-580 V AC  380 V AC  380-440 V AC  400 V AC  450-720 V AC  530-820 V AC  Rated frequency 50/60 Hz                    50/60/400 Hz   Suitable for monitoring Single-phase mains 1)      Three-phase mains                      Monitoring function Phase failure                      Phase sequence     Automatic phase sequence correction Overvoltage                Undervoltage                Unbalance            Neutral 2)   3) 3) 3) Thresholds Thresholds fix fix fix fix fix fix fix fix Timing function for tripping delay tV / times ON-delay fix ON.31 CM-PVS.41 CM-PAS.43 CM-PSS. for example control circuits.  77 2CDC110004C0206 . 2) The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.23 CM-MPS.and undervoltage monitoring and is compulsory for automatic phase sequence correction).

. L3 L1..17 1SVR 550 870 F9400 Single. (N) Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage 13-14 Output contact - 2CDC 252 046 F0203 L1.08 / 0.. L3) have to be = measuring voltage piece kg / lb jumpered and connected as one single conductor. Connection diagrams Function diagrams .. L2... L2. L3.. L2 L1.. timing of ts starts. L2. L2. L3 closed-circuit principle Measuring value L1..and three-phase monitoring relays for phase failure detection 1SVR 550 882 F9500 The CM-PBE is used to monitor supply voltages for phase failure (Umeas < 60 % x UN).. N L1.. When timing is complete. L3 L1... L2.. Price Weight phase mains... the output relay re-energizes automatically. L3. When timing is complete..08 / 0. If all phases (and the neutral) are present with correct voltage.... L3. timing of ts starts. L2... the output relay de-energizes.. If the voltage exceeds or falls below the fixed threshold value or if a phase failure occurs...17 • Technical data.86 • Technical diagrams . N L1. Umax .and three-phase monitoring relays for over. the tripping delay tv starts. 13-14 R: yellow LED relay status 2CDC 252 048 F0203 L1.5 % neutral Measuring value Umin + 5 % CM-PVE Umin ts tv <ts ts <tv tv ts  R: yellow LED . L2 L1...Three-phase monitoring with neutral without neutral 2CDC 252 045 F0203 L1... all three external supply voltage = unit 1 piece 1 piece conductors (L1. L2.. the output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete.08 / 0. L2. L3 L1.17 Without neutral monitoring CM-PVE 3x320-460 V AC 1SVR 550 871 R9500 1 0. L2 L1.. N 1SVC 110 000 F 0113 1SVC 110 000 F 0112 Measuring value L1. L2... 220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 881 R9400 1 0... L3.... With neutral monitoring CM-PVE 3x320-460 V AC. When timing is complete. N Umax 1SVC 110 000 F 0113 1SVC 110 000 F 0112 with Umax ./ undervoltage and phase failure detection The CM-PVE is used to monitor supply voltages for over. If all phases (and the neutral) are present. Type Rated control Order code Pack. For this.. L2..... L3) have to be jumpered and connected as one single measuring voltage piece kg / lb conductor. Three-phase monitoring relays CM-PBE and CM-PVE Ordering details Single. With neutral monitoring CM-PBE 3x380-440 V AC.. N L3 with L3 L1 N neutral t t <t t <t CM-PBE s v s s v 13-14  R: yellow LED ... L2 L1. N L1. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is energized... If a phase failure occurs. L2. L2... the output relay  re-energizes automatically. L3. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is energized. 185-265 V AC 1SVR 550 870 R9400 1 0.and undervoltage and phase failure. As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range. L3..Three-phase monitoring with neutral without neutral 2CDC 252 047 F0203 L1.. L2.. R: yellow LED ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms relay status tv = Tripping delay fixed 150 ms L1. all three external supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece conductors (L1.144 • Dimensional drawing . L2. L2. Type Rated control Order code Pack.... the  tripping delay tv starts. When timing is complete. 2 Connection diagrams Function diagrams .. the output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete.145 78  2CDC110004C0206 ... L3..5 % neutral closed-circuit principle Measuring value Umin + 5 % Umin ts tv <ts ts <tv tv ts 13-14 R: yellow LED ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms The version with neutral monitoring is also suitable for monitoring single. For this..08 / 0... L3... L3 without L3 L3 L3 neutral t s t v <t s t s <t v 13-14 R: yellow LED ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms tv = Tripping delay fixed 150 ms The version with neutral monitoring is also suitable for monitoring single.17 Without neutral monitoring CM-PBE 3x380-440 V AC 1SVR 550 882 R9500 1 0.. L2. As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range. L3.. N L1. Price Weight phase mains. L2..... (N) Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage without Umax 13-14 Output contact .. L3 L1.. N L2. the output relay de-energizes.

.. When timing is complete.. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is energized. we Type Rated control Order code Pack.. L2. Connection diagram Function diagram 2 1SVC 110 000 F0117 2CDC 252 061 F0208 L1. the output relay de-energizes instantaneous.. the output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete.. Price Weight recommend to use our three-phase supply voltage = unit 1 piece 1 piece monitoring relays for unbalance measuring voltage piece kg / lb CM-PAS... L2..15 / 0. 11-12 relay status L1-L2-L3 Control supply voltage = R: yellow LED Measuring voltage ts = Start-up delay fixed 500 ms tv = Tripping delay fixed 500 ms 11-12/14 Output contact Closed-circuit principle For applications where a reverse fed voltage > 60% is expected.08 / 0....... For applications where a reverse fed voltage > 60% is expected.. L2.. the tripping delay tv starts.. spacing of at least 10 mm has to be kept between the individual units. L2.33 • Technical data.. The yellow LED glows when the output relay is energized.. L2 L1. L2 L1. we Type Rated control Order code Pack. L3 s CM-PFS 11-14 11-12  R: yellow LED ... L3 L1...144 • Dimensional drawing . CM-PFE 3x208-440 V AC 1SVR 550 824 R9100 1 0..xx.....17 1SVR 430 824 F9300 Three-phase monitoring relays for phase sequence monitoring and phase failure detection The CM-PFS is used to monitor three-phase mains for incorrect phase sequence and phase failure...... L3 t L3 L2........ L3 L1 L1.... L3...  Connection diagram Function diagram  2CDC 252 013 F0208 L1.... L2. L2. If a phase failure or a phase sequence error occurs. If all phases are present with the correct phase sequence..xx. L3.. If a phase failure or a phase sequence error occurs... L3 1SVC 110 000 F 0118 Measuring value L1. CM-PFS 3x200-500 V AC 1SVR 430 824 R9300 1 0. 21-24 21-22 relay status R: yellow LED  Marker label L1-L2-L3 Control supply voltage = Measuring voltage ts = start-up delay fixed 500 ms 1115-1216 /1418....145 • Accessories . In case of motors which continue running with only two phases.. L3 L1... Three-phase monitoring relays CM-PFE and CM-PFS Ordering details Three-phase monitoring relays for phase sequence monitoring and phase failure detection 1SVR 550 824 F9100 The CM-PFE is used to monitor three-phase mains for incorrect phase sequence and phase failure....... L2. L2 L1. Output contact - 2125-2226/2428 Closed-circuit principle ATTENTION If several CM-PFS units are placed side by side and the control supply voltage is higher than 415 V. the output relay energizes after the start-up delay ts is complete. L2.. the output relay de-energizes..  In case of motors which continue running with only two phases.... L2 L1. L3 Measuring value L1.... L3 L1.. the CM-PFS detects phase failure if the reverse fed voltage is less than 60 % of the originally applied voltage.............. If all phases are present with the correct phase sequence... the CM-PFE detects phase failure if the reverse fed voltage is less than 60 % of the originally applied voltage.....86 • Technical diagrams ... L3 L1.. L3 CM-PFE t s t v t s t v L3 t s 11-14  R: yellow LED .. Price Weight recommend to use our three-phase supply voltage = unit 1 piece 1 piece monitoring relays for unbalance measuring voltage piece kg / lb CM-PAS.......146  79 2CDC110004C0206 .. L2..

..... 15-16/18 Output contacts ...145 • Accessories ............ 16 15 18 ON-delay fault message without phase sequence monitoring  F2: red LED ... Price Weight value for overvoltage supply voltage = unit 1 piece 1 piece  Adjustment of the threshold measuring voltage piece kg / lb value for undervoltage Marker label CM-PVS........41 are monitoring relays for three-phase mains..and undervoltage....... without phase sequence monitoring relay status. phase failure. L2...146 80  2CDC110004C0206 .....41 3x400 V AC 1SVR 630 784 R3300 1 0...41 3x300-500 V AC 1SVR 630 794 R3300 1 0... They monitor the phase parameters phase sequence..............29 CM-PSS.. phase failure..and undervoltage with adjustable threshold values The CM-PVS.29 • Conversion table .and undervoltage with fixed threshold values 10 % 2CDC 251 044 F0t08 The CM-PSS....13 / 0......29 CM-PVS...and  undervoltage are adjustable.   Connection diagram Rotary switch "Function"  2  ON-delay  2CDC 252 037 F0b08 L1 L2 L3  with phase sequence monitoring L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1..x1 and CM-PVS.31 and the CM-PSS. over........ Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PSS......83 • Technical data ...13 / 0.. OFF-delay timing without phase sequence monitoring  F1: red LED - fault message  F2: red LED - fault message  Adjustment of the tripping delay tv  Function selection (see rotary switch "Function") Type Rated control Order code Pack..31 and the CM-PVS.....and undervoltage.31 3x380 V AC 1SVR 630 784 R2300 1 0.31 3x160-300 V AC 1SVR 630 794 R1300 1 0.... L3 Control supply voltage = measuring voltage OFF-delay 15-16/18 Output contacts ......... They monitor the phase parameters phase sequence.. OFF-delay fault message without phase sequence monitoring  Adjustment of the tripping delay tv  Function selection (see rotary switch "Function")  Adjustment of the threshold Type Rated control Order code Pack..x1 with phase sequence monitoring L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1.....77 • Function diagrams ...............13 / 0. over.       Connection diagram Rotary switch "Function" ON-delay 2CDC 252 037 F0b08 L1 L2 L3 CM-PVS.29 2CDC 251 042 F0t08 Three-phase monitoring relays for over..x1 26 25 28 16 15 18 ON-delay  R/T: yellow LED ... L2.. with phase sequence monitoring 16 18 26 28 timing 26 25 28 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle  F1: red LED .x1 ra gene Ordering details Three-phase monitoring relays for over............. The threshold values for over.... The threshold values for over..........and undervoltage are fixed.144 • Dimensional drawing .... with phase sequence monitoring 16 18 26 28 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle CM-PSS..13 / 0..88 • Technical diagrams ... measuring voltage OFF-delay relay status.. L3 Control supply voltage =  R/T: yellow LED . Price Weight  Marker label supply voltage = unit 1 piece 1 piece measuring voltage piece kg / lb CM-PSS..41 are monitoring relays for three-phase mains.

phase failure. L3) have to be jumpered and connected as one single  conductor...29 Marker label • Conversion table ...... L2.41 are monitoring relays for three-phase mains.....145 • Accessories .. L3..x1 26 25 28 16 15 18  R/T: yellow LED - relay status.............13 / 0... 15-16/18 Output contacts - 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle fault message  Adjustment of the tripping Type Rated control Order code Pack...13 / 0........13 / 0. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PAS..11 and CM-MPS. L2.....146  81 2CDC110004C0206 . L2.21 also monitor the neutral for interruption.   Connection diagram   2 2CDC 252 037 F0b08  L1 L2 L3  L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1..x1 are multifunctional monitoring relays for three-phase mains..41 3x300-500 V AC 1SVR 630 884 R4300 1 0..........29 CM-PAS.  Connection diagram DIP switch functions 2CDC 252 036 F0b08 2CDC 252 037 F0b08 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 2CDC 252 040 F0b08 Position 2 1 N ON CM-MPS....... CM-MPS.13 / 0..29 2CDC 251 048 F0t08 Multifunctional three-phase monitoring relays The CM-MPS.83 • Technical data ............11  and CM-MPS.......  CM-MPS.and undervoltage  and phase unbalance are adjustable.29 (see DIP switch functions) / CM-MPS.. For this..144 • Dimensional drawing .. The threshold values for over. The threshold value for phase unbalance is adjustable......... phase failure and phase unbalance..31 3x160-300 V AC 1SVR 630 774 R1300 1 0.. Phase sequence monitoring has to be deactivated and the threshold value for phase  unbalance has to be set to the maximum (25 %)..13 / 0.11 3x90-170 V AC 1SVR 630 885 R1300 1 0. over.....77 • Function diagrams ............ (N) Control supply voltage = OFF OFF-delayed OFF activated fault message measuring voltage  F2: red LED .. 26 25 28 26 25 28 1 Timing function 2 Phase sequence monitoring timing 16 15 18 16 15 18 ON ON-delayed ON deactivated  F1: red LED ...41 3x300-500 V AC 1SVR 630 774 R3300 1 0..... They monitor the phase parameters phase sequence.29  Adjustment of the threshold CM-MPS..29 value for phase unbalance Without interrupted neutral monitoring Function selection CM-MPS.x1 L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1 L2 L3 15 25 OFF  R/T: yellow LED - N 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28 relay status....13 / 0.. L3 Control supply voltage = measuring voltage 15-16/18 Output contacts - 16 18 26 28 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle CM-PAS.  all three external conductors (L1. L1..31 3x160-300 V AC 1SVR 630 884 R1300 1 0... Price Weight  Marker label supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece = measuring voltage piece kg / lb CM-PAS....x1 ra gene Ordering details Three-phase monitoring relays for phase unbalance 2CDC 251 046 F0t08 The CM-PAS...and undervoltage and phase unbalance.... They monitor the phase parameters phase sequence. timing  F1: red LED - fault message  F2: red LED - fault message  Adjustment of the tripping delay tv  Adjustment of the threshold value for phase unbalance Type Rated control Order code Pack...x1 and CM-MPS.21 3x180-280 V AC 1SVR 630 885 R3300 1 0.31 and the CM-PAS. Price Weight delay tv supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece  Adjustment of the threshold = measuring voltage piece kg / lb value for overvoltage  Adjustment of the threshold With interrupted neutral monitoring value for undervoltage CM-MPS........88 and 90 • Technical diagrams ........21 are also suitable for monitoring single-phase mains...

...13 / 0....and undervoltage and phase unbalance are adjustable... Price Weight  Adjustment of the threshold supply voltage = unit 1 piece 1 piece value for undervoltage measuring voltage piece kg / lb  Adjustment of the threshold value for phase unbalance CM-MPN..... both output relays react synchronously... L2.. output relay R2 is  F2: red LED .......13 / 0.....x2 16 18 26 28 1 Timing function 2 Phase sequence monitoring  R/T: yellow LED .29 Function selection CM-MPN.x3 and CM-MPN... 16 15 18 26 25 28 ON ON-delayed ON deactivated relay status.. CM-MPN.. automatic phase sequence correction and separate  monitoring of over..62 and CM-MPN...29  2CDC 251 054 F0t08 Multifunctional three-phase monitoring relays.... phase failure.. over......43 3x300-500 V AC 1SVR 630 884 R4300 1 0. output relay R2 is delay tv responsive to undervoltage... In case of other faults... automatic phase sequence correction and separate monitoring of over.13 / 0.52.... responsive to undervoltage.146 82  2CDC110004C0206 ...23 is also suitable for monitoring single-phase mains...77 • Function diagrams .. They monitor the phase parameters phase sequence.The threshold values for over... OFF OFF-delayed OFF activated timing L1..x3 L1 N L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 Position 4 3 2 1 ON L1 L2 L3 15 25 L1 L2 L3 15 25  R/T: yellow LED - OFF relay status.23 3x180-280 V AC 1SVR 630 885 R4300 1 0... L2. Price Weight value for undervoltage supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece  Adjustment of the threshold = measuring voltage piece kg / lb value for phase unbalance With interrupted neutral monitoring Function selection CM-MPS....13 / 0.... L3... Connection diagram DIP switch functions 2CDC 252 041 F0b08 2CDC 252 036 F0b08 2CDC 252 037 F0b08 CM-MPS.23 also monitors the neutral for interruption. OFF 1x2 c/o contacts OFF deactivated  Adjustment of the tripping 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle 1) Output relay R1 is responsive to overvoltage.... both output fault message relays react synchronously... all three external conductors (L1......x2 ra gene Ordering details Multifunctional three-phase monitoring relays..........29 Marker label • Conversion table ..  The devices can be used for mains with a frequency of 45-440 Hz. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-MPS.... phase failure. L3) have to be jumpered and connected as one single conductor....  Adjustment of the tripping delay tv  Adjustment of the threshold value for overvoltage Type Rated control Order code Pack....x3 are multifunctional monitoring relays for three-phase mains....52 3x350-580 V AC 1SVR 650 487 R8300 1 0..  Adjustment of the threshold value for overvoltage  Adjustment of the threshold Type Rated control Order code Pack.and undervoltage  and phase unbalance are adjustable..... The threshold values for over.  2  CM-MPS.. L3 Control supply voltage = 3 Operating principle of output 4 Phase sequence correction  F1: red LED .29 (see DIP switch functions) / Without interrupted neutral monitoring Marker label CM-MPS......... (N) Control supply voltage = 3 Operating principle of output 4 Phase sequence correction fault message measuring voltage ON 2x1 c/o contact ON activated 15-16/18 Output contacts .    Connection diagram DIP switch functions  2CDC 252 041 F0b08 2CDC 252 038 F0b08 L1 L2 L3 Position 4 3 2 1 ON L1 L2 L3 15 25 OFF CM-MPN..... They monitor the phase parameters phase sequence..and undervoltage and phase unbalance..... measuring voltage ON 2x1 c/o contact ON activated fault message 15-16/18 Output contacts .... timing N 16 18 26 28 16 18 26 28 1 Timing function 2 Phase sequence monitoring  F1: red LED - 26 25 28 26 25 28 16 15 18 16 15 18 ON ON-delayed ON deactivated fault message OFF OFF-delayed OFF activated  F2: red LED .and undervoltage and phase unbalance..and undervoltage (window monitoring) configurable 2CDC 251 052 F0t08 The CM-MPS.......and undervoltage (window monitoring) configurable  The CM-MPN.. L2.. L1... OFF 1x2 c/o contacts OFF deactivated 25-26/28 closed-circuit principle 1) Output relay R1 is responsive to overvoltage.144 • Dimensional drawing ......145 • Accessories .72 3x530-820 V AC 1SVR 650 489 R8300 1 0. In case of other faults.29 (see DIP switch functions) / CM-MPN.83 • Technical data ....62 3x450-720 V AC 1SVR 650 488 R8300 1 0... Phase  sequence monitoring has to be deactivated and the threshold value for phase unbalance has to be  set to the maximum (25 %).....  CM-MPS...92 • Technical diagrams ..13 / 0.. For this....72 are multifunctional monitoring relays for three-phase mains.. over..

23 Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. Output relay R2 is responsive only to a false phase sequence. Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS1. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PSS. CM-MPS. 18 output relay R1 energizes. The output If the star point is displaced by asymmetrical load in the three-phase main. In Control circuit diagram (K1 = CM-MPS.or undervoltage or if a K1 K2 K3 H1 N A2 A2 phase failure occurs. L2. in case of unloaded neutral. L3 L1. L3.xx ra gene Function description / -diagrams Phase sequence and phase failure monitoring Interrupted neutral monitoring CM-PSS. L2. it may happen that an Phase sequence monitoring interruption of the neutral will not be detected. L3 L1 L1. The fault is indicated by lightning of LED F1 and flashing of LED F2.xx. Determined by the system. L2. L3 Measuring value L1. Output relay R2 energizes when the fixed start-up delay tS2 is complete and all phases are present with correct phase sequence. Output relay R2 remains de-energized if the phase 25 25 15 sequence is incorrect.x2 L3 This function can be selected only if phase sequence monitoring is activated and operating mode 2x1 c/o (SPDT) contact j is selected. an interrupted neutral will be detected. The interruption of the neutral in the main to be monitored is When tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage.xx.PAS. CM-MPS.11. CM-PVS. If phase sequence monitoring is activated. output relay R1 de-energizes and the LEDs F1 N and F2 indicate the fault. L2. symmetrical load between all three phases. See circuit diagrams L1 L2 L3 on the right. detected by means of phase unbalance evaluation. The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range. L2. 2CDC 252 094 F0207 L1. L2 L1. 2 relays re-energize automatically as soon as the phase sequence is correct again. this enables an 2CDC 252 087 F0b07 automatic correction of the rotation direction. L3 1 3 5 1 3 5 Measuring value -K2 2 4 6 -K3 2 4 6 L1.e. CM-MPN. L3 s 15-18 15-16 25-28 25-26 F1: red LED F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms 2CDC 252 086 F0b07 Automatic phase sequence correction L1 L2 CM-MPS. L2.x3. The fault is displayed by alternated flashing of the LEDs F1 and F2. L2 t L3 t S1 S1 t t S2 S2 15-18 15-16 1 5 4 97 95 25-28 25-26 -F2 98 96 3 2 6 F1: red LED -M1 F2: red LED W1 R/T: yellow LED V1 M tS1 = start-up delay of R1 fixed 250 ms U1 3~ tS2 = start-up delay of R2 fixed 200 ms Power circuit diagram  83 2CDC110004C0206 .xx. CM-PAS. L3 L1. the output relays energize and the yellow LED R/T glows.xx and MPx. 1 3 5 -F1 2 4 6 2CDC 252 085 F0207 L1. L2. L2 L1.xx. CM. CM-MPN. over. L3 L1. Phase failure monitoring Displacement of the star point The output relays de-energize instantaneous if a phase failure occurs. L3 L1. CM-PVS. the output relays de- energize as soon as a phase sequence error occurs. 15 K1 When tS1 is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage. L2 L1.xx.xx) conjunction with a reversing contactor combination. K1 28 K1 26 K1 16 If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set L1 L2 L3 A1 A1 threshold values for phase unbalance. CM-MPS.xx. L3 t L3 L2.xx CM-MPS.21. i. L2. L3.xx or CM-MPN.

the output relays de-energize instantaneously 2CDC 252 091 F0207 L1. taking into <U account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %.x3. L3 and the LED R/T turns off. The LED R/T flashes during timing and turns off as soon as the output relays de-energize.xx. <U ts tv <tv tv 15-18 Type of tripping delay = ON-delay 15-16 25-28 If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set 25-26 threshold value. output relay R1 (overvoltage) or output relay R2 >U-5% (undervoltage) de-energizes instantaneously. CM-PAS. R/T: yellow LED ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms The corresponding output relay re-energizes automatically as soon tv = adjustable tripping delay as the voltage returns to the tolerance range.xx .and undervoltage monitoring i CM-MPS. L3 When tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage >U and with correct phase sequence. CM-MPN. L2. F1: red LED F2: red LED The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the voltage R/T: yellow LED returns to the tolerance range. 2CDC 252 090 F0207 L1. 2x1 c/o contact i Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS.x2 ON-delay A. CM-MPN. 2CDC 252 006 F0207 L1. the output relays re-energize Measuring value <U+5% automatically after the set tripping delay tV is complete. Measuring value 2 Type of tripping delay = ON-delay <U+5% <U ts tv <tv tv If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the fixed1) or 15-18 15-16 set2) threshold value. Measuring value The yellow LED R/T glows as long as at least one output relay is <U+5% energized.xx and MPx. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PSS. 1x2 c/o contacts j Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. CM-PVS. taking into account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %.xx ra gene Function description / -diagrams Over. taking into account a fixed hysteresis ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms tv = adjustable tripping delay of 5 % and the LED R/T glows. the output relays energize. output relay R1 (overvoltage) or output relay F1: red LED R2 (undervoltage) de-energizes after the set tripping delay tV is F2: red LED complete. ON-delay B. The LED R/T flashes during timing. the corresponding output relay ts tv <tv <tv 15-18 re-energizes automatically after the set tripping delay tV is complete. 25-28 25-26 F1: red LED F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms tv = adjustable tripping delay 84  2CDC110004C0206 . L3 When tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage >U >U-5% and with correct phase sequence. taking into >U-5% account a fixed hysteresis of 5 %. Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the fixed1) or OFF-delay B.xx.xx2) 1) 2) ON-delay A. the output relays energize and the >U-5% yellow LED R/T glows. the output relays de-energize after the set 25-28 25-26 tripping delay tV is complete. The LED R/T <U flashes during timing and turns steady when timing is complete. L3 If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set >U threshold value.xx2). L2. L2. CM-MPS.and undervoltage monitoring j CM-PSS. 15-16 The LED R/T flashes during timing. 2x1 c/o contact i Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay 2CDC 252 007 F0207 L1. CM-PVS. L2. Measuring value <U+5% As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range. 1x2 c/o contacts j set2) threshold value. ts tv <tv <tv 15-18 15-16 25-28 25-26 F1: red LED F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms tv = adjustable tripping delay Over.xx . >U As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range.

xx. .xx.xx).xx Applying control supply voltage begins the fixed start-up delay tS. 2CDC 252 093 F0207 L1. CM-PAS. CM-MPS. . Thereby. CM-MPS. the output relays de-energize instantaneously and a fault message is displayed and stored for the length of the adjus- Overvoltage . V - ted tripping delay tV. CM-PAS.xx. ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms tv = adjustable tripping delay Type of tripping delay = OFF-delay If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set phase unbalance threshold value. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PSS. delay tV. V V Interruption of the neutral . CM-PVS. also momentary undervoltage condi- Undervoltage .xx. The LED R/T flashes during timing 25-28 and turns off as soon as the output relays de-energize. CM-MPN. taking into Unbalance account a fixed hysteresis of 20 %. CM-MPN. L2 If the voltage to be monitored exceeds or falls below the set phase unbalance threshold value. V tions are recognized. the output relays de-energize after the Unbalance + Hysteresis Unbalance 15-18 ts tv <tv tv 2 15-16 set tripping delay tV is complete. - output relay energized respective fault message are suppressed for the adjusted tripping Tripping delay tV active W . Unbalance + Hysteresis Unbalance ts tv <tv <tv 15-18 15-16 25-28 25-26 F1: red LED F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED ts = start-up delay fixed 200 ms tv = adjustable tripping delay LED functions Type of tripping delay CM-PSS. the output relays de-energize OFF-delay B instantaneously and the LED R/T turns off. W alternating In case of a fault. L2. Unbalance . The LED R/T Measuring value L1. CM-MPS. CM-MPN. L3 L1.xx ra gene Function description / -diagrams Phase unbalance monitoring CM-PAS. the output relays re-energize Unbalance . CM-PSV. taking into account a fixed hysteresis F2: red LED R/T: yellow LED of 20 % and the LED R/T glows. L2.xx.Hysteresis L3 Type of tripping delay = ON-delay Measuring value L1.xx The type of tripping delay A / B can be adjusted via a rotary Function R/T: F1: F2: (CM-PxS.xx CM-PSS. L3 Unbalance yellow LED R/T glows.xx. if the threshold value for overvoltage is set to a smaller value than the threshold value for undervoltage. L2. the output relays energize and the 2CDC 252 092 F0207 L1. Phase failure .xx. CM-PSV. the de-energizing of the output relays and the V . V W Adjustment error 1) W W W 1) Possible misadjustments of the front-face operating controls: Overlapping of the threshold values: An overlapping of the threshold values is given.Hysteresis L3 automatically after the set tripping delay tV is complete.xx. DIP switch 3 = OFF and DIP switch 4 = ON: Automatic phase sequence correction is activated and selected operating mode is 1x2 c/o contacts DIP switch 2 and 4 = ON: Phase sequence detection is deactivated and the automatic phase sequence correction is actived  85 2CDC110004C0206 .xx.xx. L2. L2 flashes during timing and turns steady when timing is complete. CM-PAS. L3 As soon as the voltage returns to the tolerance range. ON-delay A When tS is complete and all phases are present with correct voltage and with correct phase sequence. yellow red red LED LED LED Switch position ON-delay A: Control supply voltage applied.xx. 25-26 The output relays re-energize automatically as soon as the voltage F1: red LED returns to the tolerance range.xx and MPx. V W Switch position OFF-delay B: Phase sequence . L3 L1. In case of a fault. Phase unbalance .xx) or a DIP switch (CM-MPx.xx.

.07 x 3.5 x 78 x 22. 4 A) 0.65 x UN) Measuring voltage frequency 50/60 Hz (-10 %. 3x320...6 x UN 0. 3x320- 3x380.+10 % -10.5 mm 100 mm (0. 3x200- 440 V AC. . 3x208..94 inch) Mounting position any Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022) 86  2CDC110004C0206 .+10 % 2 Rated frequency Duty time 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz (-10. 15 VA Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15.+10 %) 100 % 50/60 Hz Measuring circuit L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 Monitoring functions phase failure       phase sequence . IEC 60947-1) 250 V Minimum switching voltage / Minimum switching current -/- Maximum switching voltage 250 V AC. ..5 % Measuring error within temperature range 0.../ undervoltage . 440 V AC 460 V AC 440 V AC 500 V AC 220-240 V AC 185-265 V AC Thresholds Umin fixed fixed 185 V / 320 V 320 V 0.. - Measuring ranges 3x380. 3x320.1 x 106 switching cycles Short-circuit proof. 460 V AC.06 % / °C Timing circuit Start-up delay tS fixed 500 ms ( 20 %) fixed 500 ms Tripping tV fixed 150 ms at over-/undervoltage fixed 500 - ( 20 %) fixed 500 ms ( 20 %) ms Indication of operational states Relay status R: yellow LED V Output relay energized Output circuits 11(15)- 12(16)/14(18).6 x UN Umax fixed fixed 265 V / 460 V 460 V Hysteresis related to the threshold value fixed 5 % (release value fixed 5 % = 0. 440 V AC 460 V AC 440 V AC 500 V AC 220-240 V AC 185-265 V AC Power consumption approx.09 inch) (0. 3x320- 3x380.   . CM-PVE.07 x 3. Three-phase monitoring relays CM-PBE. 250 V DC Rated operational current AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A (IEC 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime (AC12.+10 % -15. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max. 3x200- 440 V AC.5 x 78 x 78. n/c contact 4 A fast- 10 A fast-acting max.  .+10 %) 50/60 Hz Response time 40 ms 80 ms 500 ms Measuring error within rated control supply voltage tolerance 0. 13-14 11-12/14 21(25)- 22(26)/24(28) Kind of output 1 n/o contact 1 c/o contact 2 c/o contacts Operating principle 2) closed-circuit principle Contact material AgCdO AgNi Rated voltage (VDE 0110.   over...+15 % -15.89 x 3.89 x 3.. - neutral  . 3x208. . continuous thermal current at B 300 5A max. CM-PFE and CM-PFS Technical data Type CM-PBE 1) CM-PBE CM-PVE 1) CM-PVE CM-PFE CM-PFS Supply circuit = measuring circuit L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x380. 230 V. fuse rating acting n/o contact 6 A fast- 10 A fast-acting acting AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 (UL 508) max.. . making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA General data Dimensions (W x H x D) 22. 460 V AC. .

50 μs circuits (VDE 0110... measuring and output 400 V 500 V circuits (VDE 0110.39 inch) (0...75- 2 x 0. CM-PFE and CM-PFS Technical data Type CM-PBE 1) CM-PBE CM-PVE 1) CM-PVE CM-PFE CM-PFS Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 0.5 kV. IEC 255-5) 3 Overvoltage category (VDE 0110.. 93 % rel. between supply.8 mm Environmental data Ambient temperature range operation / storage -20... 50 Hz.75-1... Pollution category (VDE 0110.5- 2 x 0..5 mm2 2...... IEC 255-5) III Standards Product standard IEC 255-6.5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG) (2 x 18- 14 AWG) fine-strand without wire end ferrule 2 x 0.75- 2 x 1-1.75-1..+85 °C Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time... IEC 664) Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2... 1 min.5 mm2 2...5 mm2 4mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG) (2 x 20- 12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm 10 mm (0..28 inch) Tightening torque 0.10 V Interference emission EN 61000-6-4 1) Device with neutral monitoring: The external conductor voltage towards the neutral conductor is measured.10 V/m fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 .2 kV / 5 kHz powerful impulses (Surge) IEC 1000-4-5.....6 kV/ 8 kV electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 . 2) Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold. CM-PVE...5 mm² (2 x 18-16 AWG) (2 x 18. 55 °C.... 96 h Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 6g 4g Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g 6g Isolation data Rated insulation volt. EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 ..2 kVL-L HF line emissission IEC 1000-4-6. IEC 60947-1) Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp between all isolated 4 kV / 1.2 . EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 . Three-phase monitoring relays CM-PBE. IEC 664....62  87 2CDC110004C0206 . 2 14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0....+60 °C / -40.. EN 60255-6 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC Electromagnetic compatibility Interference emission EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 .. • Approvals . IEC 664..6-0.

within meas.5 % Timing error within the temperature range 0. L3 Monitoring functions Phase failure       Phase sequence can be switched off   Automatic phase sequence correction .31 PSS. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max. . IEC 60947-1) 250 V Minimum switching power 24 V / 10 mA Maximum switching voltage see load limit curve Rated operational current AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category B 300 (UL 508) (Control Circuit Rating Code) max. .31 PVS. L2. range Hysteresis related to Over. range . if nothing else indicated Type CM.xx. . L2. 25-26/28 Kind of output 2x1 c/o contacts (Relays) Operating principle 1) closed-circuit principle Contact material AgNi alloy.5 % Measuring error within the temperature range 0. . within meas. . - 300 V AC 500 V AC Undervoltage 3x160.xx and CM-PAS. 0. - Measuring range Overvoltage 3x220.41 Input circuit = Measuring circuit L1. .delay 0.41 PVS./ undervoltage fixed 5 % - the threshold value Phase unbalance . . .   Neutral .31 PAS. . continuous thermal current at B 300 5A max. L3 Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x160. ... 3x300- 3x380 V AC 3x400 V AC 300 V AC 500 V AC 300 V AC 500 V AC 2 Rated control supply voltage US tolerance Rated frequency -15. . - 230 V AC 380 V AC Phase unbalance 2-25 % of average . Cd free Rated voltage (VDE 0110. making/breaking apparent power 3600/360 VA at B 300 88  2CDC110004C0206 .or OFF-delay ON.+10 % 50/60 Hz Frequency range 45-65 Hz Typical current / power consumption 25 mA / 18 VA 25 mA / 18 VA 25 mA / 10 VA 25 mA / 18 VA 25 mA / 10 VA 25 mA / 18 VA (380 V AC) (400 V AC) (230 V AC) (400 V AC) (230 V AC) (400 V AC) Measuring circuit L1. within meas. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PSS. CM. . - of phase voltages Thresholds Overvoltage fixed adjust./ undervoltage     . - Phase unbalance (switch-off value) . fixed 20 % Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50/60 Hz Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-65 Hz Maximum measuring cycle time 100 ms Measuring error within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 0. 0. . adjust.06 % / °C Measuring method True RMS Timing circuit Start-up delay tS fixed 200 ms Tripping delay tV ON. CM- CM. CM- PSS.1-30 s adjustable Timing error within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 0. 3x420- 3x418 V AC 3x440 V AC . . - Undervoltage fixed adjust. . 3x300- 3x342 V AC 3x360 V AC . . .1-30 s adjustable 0. 3x300. . CM-PVS. - Phase unbalance . .xx ra gene Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values.06 % / °C Indication of operational states Details see function description / -diagrams Output circuits 15-16/18. 3x160. range . CM. - Over.41 PAS.

41 PVS..... CM.2 % Dimensions (W x H x D) 22. UL 508) III Standards Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6. EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L) HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Resistance to harmonics EN 61000-4-13 Class 3 Interference emission EN 61000-6-3.31 PVS. 1. EN 50178 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EG EMC directive 2004/108/EG RoHS directive 2002/95/EG Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity EN 61000-6-1... 1....31 PAS. EN 50022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22.. snap-on mounting without any tool Mounting position any Minimum distance to other units horizontal / vertical none / none Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0.41 PAS..75-2..41 Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime (AC12. 6 cycles Climatic category 3K3 Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2 Shock (IEC/EN 60266-21-2) Class 2 Isolation data Rated insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V voltage Ui output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp input circuit 6 kV...29 lb) Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715). if nothing else indicated Type CM...89 x 3.8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage -25. IEC/EN 60664..+60 °C / -40.... IEC/EN 61140) output circuit Pollution degree (VDE 0110.13 kg (0. CM- PSS..xx. IEC 60664.5-4 mm² (2 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0. 1 s Basis isolation input circuit / output circuit 600 V Protective separation (VDE 0160 part input circuit / - 101 and 101/A. CM-PVS. CM.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0.. field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22...94 inch) Weight 0..28 inch) Tightening torque 0.. EN 50022 Class B 1) Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value • Approvals ..5 kV.2/50 μs (VDE 0110... UL 508) 3 Overvoltage category (VDE 0110.xx ra gene Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-PSS..6-0.5 mm² (2 x 18-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0.+85 °C Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C. IEC/EN 60664) output circuit 4 kV....1 x 106 switching cycles Short-circuit proof.xx and CM-PAS..2/50 μs Test voltage between all isolated circuits (type test) 2. CM.... 230 V.07 x 3.. 50 Hz.62  89 2CDC110004C0206 ....31 PSS. EN 61000-6-4 electromagn.. 4 A) 0. CM. n/c contact 6 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating General data n/o contact 10 A fast-acting 2 Duty time 100 % Repeat accuracy (constant paramaters) < 0.

or OFF-delay 0. L3 Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x90-170 V AC 3x180-280 V AC 3x160-300 V AC 3x300-500 V AC Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15. .. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A max./ undervoltage fixed 5 % the threshold value Phase unbalance fixed 20 % Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50/60 Hz Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-65 Hz Maximum measuring cycle time 100 ms Measuring error within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 0.21 CM-MPS. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-MPS. - Measuring range Overvoltage 3x120-170 V AC 3x240-280 V AC 3x220-300 V AC 3x420-500 V AC Undervoltage 3x90-130 V AC 3x180-220 V AC 3x160-230 V AC 3x300-380 V AC Phase unbalance 2-25 % of average of phase voltages Thresholds Overvoltage adjustable within measuring range Undervoltage adjustable within measuring range Phase unbalance (switch-off value) adjustable within measuring range Hysteresis related to Over. L3. 25-26/28 Kind of output 1x2 c/o contacts (Relays) Operating principle 1) closed-circuit principle Contact material AgNi alloy.11 CM-MPS. if nothing else indicated Type CM-MPS. 0. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max. making/breaking apparent power 3600/360 VA at B 300 90  2CDC110004C0206 . Cd free Rated voltage (VDE 0110. IEC 60947-1) 250 V Minimum switching power 24 V / 10 mA Maximum switching voltage see load limit curve Rated operational current AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category B 300 (UL 508) (Control Circuit Rating Code) max. L3.5 % Timing error within the temperature range 0.31 CM-MPS.1-30 s adjustable Timing error within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 0./ undervoltage     Phase unbalance     Interrupted neutral   .+10 % Rated frequency 50/60 Hz 2 Frequency range 45-65 Hz Typical current / power consumption 25 mA / 10 VA 25 mA / 18 VA 25 mA / 10 VA 25 mA / 18 VA (115 V AC) (230 V AC) (230 V AC) (400 V AC) Measuring circuit L1.. .41 Input circuit = Measuring circuit L1.5 % Measuring error within the temperature range 0.x1 ra gene Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values. N L1. L2. - Over. L3 Monitoring functions  Phase failure    Phase sequence can be switched off Automatic phase sequence correction . L2.06 % / °C Measuring method True RMS Timing circuit Start-up delay tS fixed 200 ms Tripping delay tV ON. N L1. L2. L2.06 % / °C Indication of operational states Details see function description / -diagrams Output circuits 15-16/18.

.5 mm² (2 x 18-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0... IEC/EN 60664) output circuit 4 kV.. 230 V.1 x 106 switching cycles Short-circuit proof.13 kg (0.29 lb) Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715).8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage -25. EN 50022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22. EN 50178 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EG EMC directive 2004/108/EG RoHS directive 2002/95/EG Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity EN 61000-6-1.. UL 508) 3 Overvoltage category (VDE 0110. 1. 6 cycles Climatic category 3K3 Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2 Shock (IEC/EN 60266-21-2) Class 2 Isolation data Rated insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V voltage Ui output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp input circuit 6 kV.5 x 78 x 100 mm (0. field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22.. n/c contact 6 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast-acting General data 2 Duty time 100 % Repeat accuracy (constant paramaters) < 0. UL 508) III Standards Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6.11 CM-MPS.14 kg (0.89 x 3.+60 °C / -40. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-MPS....2/50 μs (VDE 0110..5 kV..2/50 μs Test voltage between all isolated circuits (type test) 2. snap-on mounting without any tool Mounting position any Minimum distance to other units horizontal / vertical none / none Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0. IEC 60664..6-0.94 inch) Weight 0.28 inch) Tightening torque 0.31 lb) 0...x1 ra gene Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values....... EN 50022 Class B 1) Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value • Approvals .21 CM-MPS....62  91 2CDC110004C0206 .+85 °C Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C..75-2. 1 s Basis isolation input circuit / output circuit 600 V Protective separation (VDE 0160 part input circuit / yes - 101 and 101/A.07 x 3..31 CM-MPS.... if nothing else indicated Type CM-MPS. 1....... IEC/EN 60664...5-4 mm² (2 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0.. EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-N) Level 4 (2 kV L-L) HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Resistance to harmonics EN 61000-4-13 Class 3 Interference emission EN 61000-6-3. 4 A) 0.2 % Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.... IEC/EN 61140) output circuit Pollution degree (VDE 0110.. EN 61000-6-4 electromagn. 50 Hz.41 Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime (AC12..

23 CM-MPS. L2. N L1. - Measuring range Overvoltage 3x240-280 V AC 3x420-500 V AC 3x480-580 V AC 3x600-720 V AC 3x690-820 V AC Undervoltage 3x180-220 V AC 3x300-380 V AC 3x350-460 V AC 3x450-570 V AC 3x530-660 V AC Phase unbalance 2-25 % of average of phase voltages Thresholds Overvoltage adjustable within measuring range Undervoltage adjustable within measuring range Phase unbalance (switch-off value) adjustable within measuring range Hysteresis related to Over. .x3 and CM-MPN.or OFF-delay ON-delay 0. 0.1-30 s adjustable Timing error within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 0. 0. Cd free Rated voltage (VDE 0110. L3 Rated control supply voltage US = measuring voltage 3x180-280 V AC 3x300-500 V AC 3x350-580 V AC 3x450-720 V AC 3x530-820 V AC Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15. if nothing else indicated Type CM-MPS..x2 ra gene Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max. L2.. L3 Monitoring functions Phase failure      Phase sequence can be switched off Automatic phase sequence correction configurable Over.5 % Timing error within the temperature range 0.06 % / °C Measuring method True RMS Timing circuit Start-up delay tS and tS2 fixed 200 ms Start-up delay tS1 fixed 250 ms Tripping delay tV ON.43 CM-MPN. L2. IEC 60947-1) 250 V Minimum switching power 24 V / 10 mA Maximum switching voltage see load limit curve Rated operational current AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A (IEC/EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 (UL 508) max.52 CM-MPN.06 % / °C Indication of operational states Details see function description / -diagrams Output circuits 15-16/18. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA 92  2CDC110004C0206 . L3.1-30 s adjustable 0.72 Input circuit = Measuring circuit L1. N L1. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A max./ undervoltage fixed 5 % the threshold value Phase unbalance fixed 20 % Rated frequency of the measuring signal 50/60/400 Hz 50/60 Hz Frequency range of the measuring signal 45-440 Hz 45-65 Hz Maximum measuring cycle time 100 ms Measuring error within the rated control supply voltage tolerance 0. L3.+10 % Rated frequency 50/60/400 Hz 50/60 Hz 2 Frequency range 45-440 Hz 45-65 Hz Typical current / power consumption 5 mA / 4 VA 5 mA / 4 VA 29 mA / 41 VA 29 mA / 52 VA 29 mA / 59 VA (230 V AC) (400 V AC) (480 V AC) (600 V AC) (690 V AC) Measuring circuit L1.5 % Measuring error within the temperature range 0. L2. . 25-26/28 Kind of output 2x1 or 1x2 c/o contacts configurable (Relays) Operating principle 1) closed-circuit principle Contact material AgNi alloy. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-MPS.62 CM-MPN./ undervoltage      Phase unbalance      Interrupted neutral  .

. EN 61000-6-2 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 2 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC/EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-N) Level 4 (2 kV L-L) HF line emission IEC/EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Resistance to harmonics EN 61000-4-13 Class 3 Interference emission EN 61000-6-3.... 50 Hz. 4 A) 0.89 x 3.29 lb) 0. 1..6-0.28 inch) Tightening torque 0..23 CM-MPS. IEC/EN 60664.2/50 μs (VDE 0110. 230 V.94 inch) Weight 0. UL 508) III Standards Product standard IEC/EN 60255-6..75-2.1 x 106 switching cycles Short-circuit proof.2/50 μs Test voltage isolated output circuits 2.. 1 s 4 kV. IEC/EN 61140) output circuit Pollution degree (VDE 0110..43 CM-MPN. UL 508) 3 Overvoltage category (VDE 0110. if nothing else indicated Type CM-MPS..2/50 μs 8 kV... IEC/EN 60664) output circuit 4 kV....+60 °C / -40.. IEC 60664.22 kg (0. snap-on mounting without any tool Mounting position any Minimum distance to other units horizontal / vertical none / none Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with(out) wire end ferrule 2 x 0. 50 Hz..x3 and CM-MPN. n/c contact 6 A fast-acting 10 A fast-acting maximum fuse rating n/o contact 10 A fast-acting General data 2 Duty time 100 % Repeat accuracy (constant paramaters) < 0.72 Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles Electrical lifetime (AC12.+85 °C Damp heat (IEC 60068-2-30) 55 °C..8 Nm Environmental data Ambient temperature ranges operation / storage -25. 1.. EN 50022 Class B 1) Closed-circuit principle: Output relay(s) de-energize(s) if measured value exceeds or falls below the adjusted threshold value • Approvals . 1 s (type test) between input circuit and isolated output circuits 2....5 kV. EN 50178 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EG EMC directive 2004/108/EG RoHS directive 2002/95/EG Electromagnetic compatibility Interference immunity EN 61000-6-1.14 kg (0.. Three-phase monitoring relays Newtion CM-MPS..31 lb) 0...... 1 s Basis isolation input circuit / output circuit 600 V 1000 V Protective separation (VDE 0160 part input circuit / - 101 and 101/A....62 CM-MPN. EN 61000-6-4 electromagn..13 kg (0...5 x 78 x 100 mm 45 x 78 x 100 mm (0.5-4 mm² (2 x 20-12 AWG) Stripping length 7 mm (0.... EN 50022 Class B HF line emission IEC/CISPR 22..78 x 3.07 x 3. 6 cycles Climatic category 3K3 Vibration (sinusoidal) (IEC/EN 60255-21-1) Class 2 Shock (IEC/EN 60266-21-2) Class 2 Isolation data Rated insulation input circuit / output circuit 600 V 1000 V voltage Ui output circuit 1 / output circuit 2 300 V Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp input circuit 6 kV. field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/CISPR 22.5 mm² (2 x 18-14 AWG) rigid 2 x 0.49 lb) Mounting DIN rail (EN 60715)..52 CM-MPN.62  93 2CDC110004C0206 .2 % Dimensions (W x H x D) 22.07 x 3. 50 Hz.. 1.94 inch) (1.x2 ra gene Technical data Data at Ta = 25 °C and rated values..5 kV.

Notes 2 94  2CDC110004C0206 .

............................................................... 99 Technical data CM-IWM............................... 102 C558................................ 103 Approvals and marks .......................................... 96 Ordering details CM-IWM.................. 146  95 2CDC110004C0206 ........................ 145 Accessories ................................................................................................................................................................ 97 C558..................................................................  Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains 2 Content Insulation monitoring in IT systems ........................................................................................................................................................... 62 Technical diagrams........................................................................................................................................................................................................................ 144 Dimensional drawings ............................................................................................................................................................................................................

The advantage of this is that only a small fault current can second more severe insulation fault. This current is essentially caused The following illustration shows the typical arrangement of an by the system's leakage capacitance. supply and therefore operation even in case of a phase-to-earth fault. The high reliabilitity of an IT system is guaranteed thanks to continuous insulation monitoring. Application and connection examples The IT system with additional equipotential bonding and insulation monitoring equipment The IT system is supplied either by an isolation transformer or an The insulation monitoring device recognizes insulation faults as they independent voltage source. flow in case of an insulation fault. CM-IWN-AC additional equipotential bonding Application and connection examples for the CM-IWN AC in IT and IT-N systems Dreiphasiges Three-phaseIT-N IT-NSystem system Single-phase IT-N system Three-phase IT system L1 L L2 N PE Reset L3 Test Transformer N Reset Reset L1 Test Test L2 L3 A1 15 S1 S2 A1 15 S1 S2 220-240 V AC 110-130 V AC L 15 A1 15 S1 S2 CM-IWN-AC CM-IWN-AC L 15 220-240 V AC 110-130 V AC R< CM-IWN-AC L 15 R< R< 2CDC 252 039 F0208 2CDC 252 140 F0204 2CDC 252 289 F0205 A1 B2 A2 16 18 A1 B2 A2 16 18 16 18 L B2 A2 A1 B2 A2 16 18 16 18 L B2 A2 16 18 L B2 A2 96  2CDC110004C0206 . This prevents operational interruptions caused by a potential. 2CDC 252 028 F 0003 Insulation monitoring device e. Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains Insulation monitoring in IT systems Overview. IT system. thus maintaining the voltage In IT-N systems the secondary side star point of the transformer is additionally used as neutral. develop. such as a battery or a generator.g. and immediately reports that the value has fallen below the In this system no active conductor is directly connected to earth minimum. 2 The system's fuse does not respond.

.. The CM-IWN superimposes DC-voltage on the system to be monitored via the terminals L and (one 쐍 2 LED for status indication phase or....... If this earth-leakage current exceeds the adjusted re- 1SVC 110 000 F0461 sponse threshold...  Response threshold 1-110 k  U: green LED ..144 • Dimensional drawings .146  97 2CDC110004C0206 .. S2... Price Weight 쐍 Suitable for insulation supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece monitoring of single.. The CM-IWN-AC is designed for insulation resistances to be monitored from 1 to 110 k.. Pressing the button then resets storage of the tripped state. that are connected in series..   By jumpering the terminals S1-S2. In case of earth-leakage the resistance of the system against earth potential changes. 1SVR 450 075 F0000 The CM-IWN-AC monitors the insulation resistance between ungrounded AC supply voltages and the protective earth conductors... Function diagram CM-IWN-AC Connection diagram CM-IWN-AC control supply voltage 1SVC 110 000 F0736 A1-A2/B2  F: red LED . Remote button Set response 1.. Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC mains CM-IWN-AC Ordering details The CM-IWN-AC is used to monitor the insulation resistance of single-phase or three-phase AC supply voltages........ CM-IWN-AC Attention!  Range selector switch The CM-IWN-AC is designed for AC supply voltages..2 The control supply voltage is feeded via terminals A1-A2/ 쐍 1 c/o contact.. Front-mounted A1 B2 A2 16 18 button 15-18 "Test/Reset" 15-16 16 18 L B2 A2 L. It is primarily used to monitor auxiliary circuits that are electrically isolated from ground........ A1-A2/B2 Rated control 2CDC 252 010 F0004 S1-S2 supply voltage relay status A1 15 S1 S2 S1.... 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 075 R0000 1 0.. The resulting earth- leakage current overcomes the insulation resistance (< )......145 • Accessories . The resistances R1 and R2 correspond to 1SVC 110 000 F0462 two subsequent isolated faults (see drawing)... the neutral). This incorrect operation may cause considerable faults within the installation.. 2  An earth-leakage fault can be simulated using the front-mounted "Test" button. 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 071 R0000 1 0... A remote test button can be connected via the terminals S1.. tA = Delay time Rim Rim = Measured insulation resistance the resistances are connected in series related to earth Ris = Adjusted insulation resistance potential which would prevent contactor K2 from being R2 de-energized (fault!) although auxiliary contact K1 is open.....30 / 0. Control inputs:  Test button: "Test/Reset" / or S1.... reset threshold Rx .and pieces kg / lb three-phase ungrounded AC systems CM.66 쐍 Functional test by means of IWN-AC 110-130 V.. The output relay is energized and the LED lights up as soon as the insulation resistance Rx falls below  the threshold value.... B2. reset  Marker label Insulation resistance R of the supply R< S1. L 15 S1-S2 Remote button Store...6x Rx Test.. if available. The desired range is selected with a front-mounted switch..... should be electrically isolated from the measuring relay. Rectifiers. Tripping time Ris Fields of application The insulation resistance monitor CM-IWN-AC is mainly tA used in industrial applications with electrically insulated 2CDC 252 109 F0004 AC systems for the measurement of an occurring first isolation fault.. Measuring input tT 15-16/18 Output contacts 쐍 2 measuring ranges from tT = tTest > approx.... This can prevent the installation from R1 incorrect operation caused by a possible second isolation fault.. This can be the voltage supplied from the system to open-circuit principle be monitored.66 front-face test button or via remote test button Operating principle 쐍 VDE 0413/T.102 • Technical diagrams ........ 300 ms 1-110 k 쐍 Tripping storage Type Rated control Order code Pack... divided into two ranges...6 times the threshold value. Remote reset can be implemented by connecting a pushbutton to S1-S2.. Tripping is caused by closing a n/o contact......... In this case. • Technical data . A superimposed DC measuring voltage is used for measurement.30 / 0.... The relay is reset (de-energized) automatically if the measured insulation resistance   exceeds 1. fault tripping can be stored.......... the output relay is energized with delay (see characteristic) and the red "fault" LED lights up...

... If the insulation resistance falls below the set response threshold........ Measuring circuit  Test button: "Test L+/Reset" . pure DC supply systems with or without filtering...... Due to its electrical isolation between the supply circuit and the measuring circuit...........................66 IWN-DC Application and connection example L AC L+ N L- DC 24-240 V AC/DC supply voltage 쐍 Insulation resistance 2CDC 252 040 F0003 monitoring in ungrounded pure DC systems from 24-240 V DC 쐍 Continuously adjustable measuring range 10-110 k 쐍 Front-face selector switch for open.......L-...30 / 0.... button with n/o contact = remote reset.. 1SVR 450 065 F0000 it can be supplied either by an external auxiliary voltage or by the supply voltage to be monitored.... Due to its  measuring principle. Insulation resistance R of the supply S3-S2 Remote test button storage / reset fault insulation resistance Adjusted value Rx L+(L-) / L+....or S3-S4 S1 to S4 Control inputs S3-S1 fault insulation resistance S3-S1 Remote test button L+ S3-S2 S3-S4 Remote test button L-  L-: red LED .. Pressed > 1 s = Reset L+ and L- CM-IWN-DC Connection S2-S3: jumper = fault tripping is stored... Insulation monitor for ungrounded DC mains CM-IWN-DC Ordering details The CM-IWN-DC is designed for insulation resistance monitoring in ungrounded.or closed-circuit principle 쐍 Front-face and external test-reset feature 쐍 1 c/o contact 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Technical data ..  Insulation resistance faults are evaluated separately for L+ or L.. 15-16/18 Output contacts - 15-18 Test button: "Test L-" 15-16 Open........... Test L... de-energize)   Front-face test button "Test /Reset L+": Pressed < 1 s = Test L+.. the CM-IWN-DC is not able to detect balanced earth-leakage faults.. Price Weight supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece pieces kg / lb CM- 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 065 R0000 1 0......144 • Dimensional drawings ... The CM-IWN-DC is mainly used to monitor DC auxiliary circuits that are electrically isolated from primary supply voltage circuits as well as installations powered by batteries.or closed circuit tT principle. selectable Marker label tT = tTest approx. the relay is energized and the error LED lights up. Front-face test button "Test L-": insulation fault can be simulated..102 • Technical diagrams ...... 1 s Type Rated control Order code Pack. pressing the button resets storage of the tripped state  Selector switch h open circuit principle g closed circuit principle  Response threshold Function diagram CM-IWN-DC Connection digram CM-IWN-DC 1-110 k  U: green LED .....  2  The response threshold is adjustable in a range from 10-110 k... pressing the test button = output relay will trip (energize....and displayed by LEDs.. A1-A2 1SVC 110 000 F0739 / control supply voltage A1-A2 Rated control 1SVC 110 000 F0515 supply voltage  L+: red LED ....145 • Accessories ...146 98  2CDC110004C0206 ..

Fields of application 2 쐍 Industrial control systems 쐍 Computer networks 쐍 Automation systems 쐍 Mobile generators 쐍 Machine control systems 쐍 Elevator control systems 쐍 Control systems in power plants and power 쐍 Lighting systems supply companies C558. Rated system voltage 쐍 Voltage ranges up to value Ran time 1) voltage current resistance 2) 300 V AC and 300 V DC DC AC 쐍 Automatic adaptation to C558. DC and AC/DC IT systems Type Response Response Meas.01 Ordering details Insulation monitoring device for AC IT systems with DC components Enclosure width 45 mm and for DC IT systems Modern control voltage systems frequently contain DC components and high system leakage capaci- 1SAR 470 020 F 0005 tances due to interference suppression arrangements. The C558. Meas. IEC 61557-8.1 mA 120/94 k.01 operates with a variant of a pulse 1SVC 110 000 F0469 measuring principle.or closed-circuit principle.01 guarantees reliable insulation monitoring of modern systems. pure DC systems as well as AC/DC systems can be monitored.01 Indication Alarm LED Alarm relay 2CDC 252 297 F0005 A1 A2 L1 L2 KA LT1 LT2 PT + - L1 L2 AC fault V V V V V R< DC faultL+ DC fault L. PE connection PT External test button LT1-LT2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage 11-12/14 c/o contacts - 21-22/24 Open.01 10-200 k 5s 13 V 0. The frequency range of the system to be monitored may extend from 15-400 Hz. When installing the device. This measuring principle ensures reliable monitoring of modern control voltage systems.01 Measuring principle Measuring time The C558.01 complies with the standards DIN 57413 T8 / VDE 0413 T8. These circumstances must be taken into account when selecting the insulation monitoring device. EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1669M-96. Standards The C558. Internal. V V KE 11 12 14 21 22 24 Interrurption W W V /KE or L1/L2 A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage L1-L2 Measuring circuit KE. Pure AC systems. selectable KA No connection Response values and measuring circuit 쐍 Insulation monitoring of AC. the safety instructions CE = System leakage capacitance RF = Insulation fault supplied with the equipment have to be observed! t = Measuring time Fault Indications Connection diagram C558. Insulation monitors for ungrounded mixed AC/DC systems C558.

.....01 230 V AC 1SAR 470 020 R0005 1 0..40 / 0... 0-300 V and 15-400 Hz the supply system 0-300 V conditions 쐍 Connection monitoring 1) Response times at 1 μF system leakage capacitance 2) 쐍 Adjustable response DC internal resistance / impedance threshold 10-200 k Type Rated control Order code Pack Price Weight 쐍 Combined test and reset supply voltage Uc unit 1 piece 1 piece button pieces kg / lb 쐍 Selection between open- and closed-circuit principle C558..103 • Dimensional drawings ..................40 / 0.....145  99 2CDC110004C0206 .............01 90-132 V AC 1SAR 470 020 R0004 1 0......88 쐍 Fault storage selectable C558..88 쐍 Sealable enclosure 쐍 2 c/o contacts 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Technical data .

selectable from 1-20 k or 10-200 k. the safety instructions Changing the setting range from x 1 k to x 10 k. The C558. Type *) Response time in *) Response time in Max.e. Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC systems C558. usually it is below 1μF. 2 Field of application 쐍 Single-phase and three-phase AC 쐍 Simple machine drives systems without DC components 쐍 Generating sets. mobile generators 쐍 Uncontrolled motor drives 쐍 Power supply for public arenas C558. systems up to 793 V Range x 10 k: Meter scale point has to be 쐍 Adjustable threshold multiplied by 10. The response threshold can be adjusted in a wide range.02 쐍 Building installation 쐍 Lighting systems 쐍 Air ventilation and air conditioning systems Measuring principle Standards Superimposed DC voltage with reversing stage.35 / 0. IEC 61557-8. It neither contains converters nor DC components. 쐍 Connection of external meter possible 쐍 2 c/o contacts Connection diagram C558. selectable Type Rated control Order code Pack Price Weight supply voltage Uc unit 1 piece 1 piece piece kg / lb C558. system leakage and closed-circuit principle time range of 10-200 k the range of 1-20 k capacitance 쐍 Fault storage selectable C558. The leakage capacitance is relatively low.35 / 0.02 <1s <3s 20 μF 쐍 Sealable enclosure *) Response times acc.02 can be used to monitor such systems with voltages of up to 793 V.77 C558. i.2 / VDE 0413 T2.or closed-circuit principle.02 Ordering details Insulation monitor for AC IT systems Enclosure width 99 mm The standard power supply system is a pure AC system. Selecting the adjustment range When installing the device. sometimes slightly above this value. 1SAR 471 020 F 0005 The C558. External measuring instrument R1 R2 11-12/14 c/o contacts 21-22/24 Open. EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1207-89.77 1SVC 110 000 F 0526 Accessories (external k.5 x Ran and 1 μF system leakage capacitance. PE connection R< PT/T-PE External test button LT1-LT2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage KE M+ M.02 90-132 V AC 1SAR 471 020 R0004 1 0. PT/T LT1/ LT2/ 21 22 24 M+/M.02 쐍 LED bar graph indicator AK without function 쐍 LEDs for status indication A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage 2CDC 252 060 F0004 A1 A2 L1 L2 11 12 14 L1-L2-KA Measuring circuit L1 L2 KE.02 complies with the standards DIN 57413 Bl. to IEC 61557-8 at RF = 0. supplied with the equipment have to be observed! 쐍 Insulation monitoring of automatically changes the indication of the k ungrounded single-phase values on the LED bar graph indicator: and three-phase AC IT Range x 1 k: Meter scale point x 1 k.02 230 V AC 1SAR 471 020 R0005 1 0. 1-200 k 쐍 Combined test and reset button Response delay 쐍 Connection monitoring 쐍 Selection between open.

....145 100  2CDC110004C0206 .....103 • Dimensional drawings ......10 • Technical data ..20 / 0...10 1SAR 477 000 R0100 1 0............ meter) C558..............44 C558.........

Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC and DC systems
C558.03
Ordering details

Insulation monitor for AC and DC IT systems
Enclosure width 99 mm
The C558.03 monitors the insulation resistance of IT systems (ungrounded systems) with voltages of up to
690 V AC or 400 V DC. It can be universally used in AC, DC or mixed power systems.
Measurement is not influenced by interference suppression measures and capacitances of up to 20μF to
1SAR 472 020 F 0005

earth which are caused by long supply lines. The implemented AMP measuring method guarantees
reliable insulation monitoring even in power systems with fixed frequency converters (output and input
frequency are static).

Application in modern control voltage systems
2
쐍 Industrial control systems 쐍 Computer networks
C558.03 쐍 Automation systems 쐍 Mobile generators
쐍 Machine control systems 쐍 Elevator control systems
쐍 Control systems in power plants and power 쐍 Lighting systems
supply companies

Measuring principle Standards
Superimposed DC voltage with reversing stage. The C558.03 complies with the standards
DIN 57413 Bl.2 / VDE 0413 T2, IEC 61557-8,
EN 61557-8 and ASTM F1207-89.
Fault indications
When installing the device, the safety instructions
쐍 Insulation monitoring of AC, Indication Alarm LED Alarm relay supplied with the equipment have to be observed!
DC and AC/DC IT systems + -
AC fault W W W
쐍 Connection monitoring
DC fault L+ W W
쐍 Alarm or system fault
DC fault L- W W
indication selectable
Interrurption
쐍 AMP measuring method /KE or L1/L2
V V W
(applied for EP)
쐍 Automatic adaptation to
the power system
쐍 2 continuously adjustable
response thresholds
2-50 k and 20-500 k
쐍 Combined test and reset Response delay
button Type *) Response time in *) Response time in Max. system leakage
쐍 Selection between open- the range of 2-6 k the range of 6-500 k capacitance
and closed-circuit principle
쐍 Fault storage selectable C 558.03 < 8-35 s < 8-12 s 50 μF
쐍 Sealable enclosure acc. to *) Response times acc. to IEC 61557-8 at RF = 0.5 x Ran and 1 μF system leakage capacitance.
VDE 0106 T 101
쐍 Environmental conditions
comply with EN 50155 Connection diagram C558.03
쐍 2 x 1 c/o contact
A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage
쐍 LED bar graph indicator L1-L2 Measuring circuit
2CDC 252 145 F 0006

쐍 LEDs for status indication A1 A2 L1 L2 11 12 14
KE, PE connection
L1 L2
T-PE External test button
R<
R1-R2 External reset button or bridge for fault storage
KE M+/M- External measuring instrument
KE M+ M- T R1 R2 21 22 24
11-12/14 c/o contacts -
21-22/24 Open- or closed-circuit principle, selectable

Type Rated control Order code Pack. Price Weight
supply voltage Uc unit 1 piece 1 piece
piece kg / lb
1SVC 110 000 F 0526

C558.03 230 V AC 1SAR 472 020 R0005 1 0.40 / 0.88
C558.03 90-132 V AC 1SAR 472 020 R0004 1 0.40 / 0.88

Accessories (external k

meter)
C558.10 1SAR 477 000 R0100 1 0.20 / 0.44

C558.10
• Technical data ...............................103 • Dimensional drawings ...................145

 101
2CDC110004C0206

Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains
CM-IWN-AC, CM-IWN-DC
Technical data

Type CM-IWN-AC CM-IWN-DC
Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage US - A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC - approx. 8 VA / 2 W 24-240 V AC/DC - approx. 8 VA / 2 W
power consumption A1-B2 110-130 V AC - approx. 3 VA
A1-A2 220-240 V AC - approx. 3 VA
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15 %...+10 %
Rated frequency AC/DC versions 15-400 Hz or DC
AC versions 50-60 Hz
2 Duty time
Measuring circuit
100 %
L-PE
Monitoring function Insulation monitoring within electrically isolated AC systems DC systems
Measuring range, threshold value min-max. 1-11 k, 10-110 k 10-110 k
Internal resistance min. 57 k -
AC internal resistance min. 100 k -
DC internal resistance min. 100 k -
Test resistance 820  -
Max. voltage at the measuring input max. 415 V AC 300 V DC
Measuring DC voltage max. 30 V DC 24-240 V DC
Cable length for reset-test button max. 10 m
Delay time refer to ordering details page <1 s if insulation <0.9 x response threshold
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage U: green LED
Insulation fault F: red LED L+: red LED, L-: red LED
Output circuits 15-16/18
Kind of output 1 c/o contacts
Operational principle 1) open-circuit principle open- or closed circuit principle selectable
Contact material AgCdO
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1) 250 V
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current -/-
Maximum switching voltage 400 V AC, 300 V DC
Rated operational AC12 (resistive) 230 V 5A
current AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A
(IEC 60947-5-1, DC12 (resistive) 24 V 5A
EN 60947-5-1)
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A
AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300
(UL 508) max. rated operational voltage 300 V AC
max. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A
max. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA
Mechanical lifetime 30 x 106 switching cycles
Electrical lifetime at AC12, 230 V, 4 A 0,1 x 106 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, max. fuse rating n/c contact / n/o contact 4 A fast-acting / 6 A fast-acting
General data
Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 x 78 x 100 mm (1.77 x 3.07 x 3.94 in)
Weight approx. 0,3 kg (0.66 lb)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20
Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25...+65 °C / -40...+85 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.5 mm2 (2 x14 AWG)
Standards
Product standards IEC 255-6, EN 60255-6
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directives 2004/108/EC, 91/263/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 93/68/EEC, 93/67/EEC
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10(3)V/m)
fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2(1) kV / 5 kHz)
powerful impulses (Surge) IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 Level 3 (2(1) kV L-L)
HF line emission IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10(3) V)
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 5g
Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6 ) 10 g
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time, 55 °C, 93 % rel., 96 h
Isolation data
Rating (HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5)
Rated insulation voltage between supply, meas. and output circuits 250 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2 - 50 μs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 kV, 50 Hz, 1 min.
Pollution category 3
Overvoltage category III
1)
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

• Approvals ........................................62

102 
2CDC110004C0206

Insulation monitors for ungrounded supply mains
C558
Technical data

Type C558.01 C558.02 C558.03
Supply circuit
Rated control supply voltage US - A1-A2 115 V AC - 3 VA
power consumption A1-A2 230 V AC - 3 VA
Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -20...+15 %
Rated frequency 15-400 Hz
Duty time 100 %
Measuring circuit
Monitoring function Insulation monitoring within electrically isolated
AC and DC supply systems AC supply systems AC and DC supply systems
2
Measuring range, threshold value min-max. 10-200 k 1-200 k 2-500 k
AC internal resistance min. 94 k 180 k
DC internal resistance min. 120 k 200 k
Test resistance -
Insulation voltage (L-PE) max. 290 V DC, 300 V AC 690 V 630 V
Measuring voltage / current max. 13 V / 0.47 mA 40 V / max. 200 μA 20 V / 100 μA
Cable length for reset-test button LT1-LT2 max. -
Delay time max. 5s 1s/3s 8-35 s
Indication of operational states
Control supply voltage ON: green LED
Isolation fault (IEC 1557-8, EN 60557-8, ASTM F-25.10.11) "+": red LED, "-": red LED
Output circuits
Kind of output 2 c/o contacts 2x1 c/o contacts
Operational principle 1) open- or closed-circuit principle selectable
Contact material -
Rated voltage (VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60947-1) 250 V AC / 300 V DC
Minimum switching voltage / minimum switching current -/-
Maximum switching voltage -
Rated switching current AC12 (resistive) 230 V 5A
(IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1) AC15 (inductive) 230 V 2A
DC12 (resistive) 24 V 5A
DC13 (inductive) 24 V 0.2 A
Mechanical lifetime -
Electrical lifetime at AC12, 230 V, 4 A 1.2 x104 switching cycles
Short circuit proof, n/c contact -
max. fuse rating n/o contact -
General data
Dimensions (W x H X D) 45 x 74 x 105 mm 99 x 73 x 70 mm
(1.77 x 2.91 x 4.13 in) (3.9 x 2.87 x 2.76 in)
Weight approx. 0.35 kg (0.77 lb) approx. 0.4 kg (0.88 lb) approx. 0.35 kg (0.77 lb)
Mounting position any
Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP 30 / IP 20
Ambient temperature range operation -10...+55 °C
storage -40...+70 °C
Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022)
Electrical connection
Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 0.2-2.5 mm2 (24-14 AWG)
rigid 0.2-4 mm2 (24-12 AWG)
Standards
Product standard
Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC
EMC Directive 2004/108/EC
Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4
electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV)
electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10(3) V/m)
fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2(1) kV / 5 kHz)
powerful impulses (Surge) IEC 1000-4-5, EN 61000-4-5 Level 2
HF line emission IEC 1000-4-6, EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10(3) V)
Vibration resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10-150 Hz / 0.15 mmm - 2 g
Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-27, IEC 68-2-29)
Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30)
Isolation data
Rating (HD 625.1 S1, VDE 0110, IEC 664-1, IEC 60255-5)
Rated insulation voltage between supply, meas. and output circuits 250 V 690 V 630 V
Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.2-50 μs 6 kV / 1.2-50 μs
Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2 kV 3 kV
Pollution category 3
Overvoltage category -
1)
Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.
Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.

• Approvals ........................................62

 103
2CDC110004C0206

Notes

2

104 
2CDC110004C0206

 Motor load monitors

2

Content
Fields of application .......................................................................................................... 106
Ordering details .................................................................................................................. 107
Technical data .................................................................................................................... 108

Approvals and marks ......................................................................................................... 62
Technical diagrams............................................................................................................. 144
Dimensional drawings ........................................................................................................ 145
Accessories ........................................................................................................................ 146
Current transformers .......................................................................................................... 147

 105
2CDC110004C0206

Motor load monitors
Fields of application

The motor load monitor monitors the load states of single-phase and Compared with other conventional measuring principles
three-phase asynchronous motors. (e.g. pressure transducers, current measurement),
The evaluation of the phase angle between current and voltage cos ϕ monitoring is a more precise and economical alternative.
allows a very precise monitoring of the load states. The motor is used as a sensor for its own load status.

Main applications
쐍 Pump monitoring
2 쐍 Dry-running protection (underload) Pump control
쐍 Closed valves (overload) Dry-running protection Filter pollution
쐍 Pipe break (overload)
쐍 Heating, air-conditioning, ventilation

1SVC 110 000 F 0471
1SVC 110 000 F 0470
쐍 Monitoring of filter pollution
쐍 V-belt breakage (underload)
쐍 Closed shutters/valves (overload)
쐍 Air ventilating volume
쐍 Agitating machines
Starting Starting
쐍 High consistency within the tank (overload) time delay
Detected fault -
installation is switched off time delay
Detected fault -
installation is switched off
쐍 Pollution of the tank (overload)
Response delay Response delay
쐍 Transport/Conveyance
쐍 Congested conveyor belts (overload)
쐍 Jamming of belts (overload)
쐍 Material accumulation in spiral conveyors (overload)
Ventilator monitoring
쐍 Lifting platforms
쐍 Machine installation V-belt monitoring Filter pollution
쐍 Wear of tools, e.g. worn saw blades in circular saws, etc.
(overload)
쐍 Tool breakage (underload)
1SVC 110 000 F 0472

1SVC 110 000 F 0473
쐍 V-belt drives (breakage underload)

Starting Detected fault - Starting Detected fault -
time delay installation is switched off time delay installation is switched off

Wiring examples (for motor currents  20 A) Wiring examples
(for motor currents  20 A)
50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz 50-60 Hz
L1 L1 L1
L2 N L2
L3 L3
N N

k K

l L
1SVC 110 000 F 0131
1SVC 110 000 F 0131

1SVC 110 000 F 0132

K1 K1 K1

U V W U1 U2 U V W

M 3~ M 1~ M 3~

50-60 Hz 110-500 V, 15-400 Hz 110-240 V 15-400 Hz 50-60 Hz
L1
L2 ~ L1
L2
L1
N
L3
N ~ L3

k K

l L
1SVC 110 000 F 0133

1SVC 110 000 F 0133

1SVC 110 000 F 0132

DC
AC K1 K1
K1

U V W U V W U1 U2

M 3~ M 3~ M 1~

• Current transformers ...................147

106 
2CDC110004C0206

or three-phase asynchronous motors (squirrel cage) 1SVR 450 335 F0100 under varying load conditions. Motor load monitors CM-LWN Ordering details The CM-LWN module monitors the load status of inductive loads. measures the relationship of effective power to apparent power. . This message can be deleted using the reset button or by switching off the supply. the relay is reset to its original  state and the LED flashes permanently to indicate the occurrence of the trip event. cos ϕ. a  LED lights up and the relay is de-energized. 2  If cos ϕ returns to the acceptable limits (taking into account the hysteresis). measured relatively from 0 to 1. Therefore. The phase difference is nearly inversely proportional to the load. A value towards 0 indicates low  load and a value towards 1 indicates high load.  Threshold values can be set individually for cos ϕmax and cos ϕmin If the set threshold value is reached. The measuring principle is based on the evaluation of the phase shift (ϕ) between the voltage and the current in one phase. The primary application is the monitoring of single.

cos ϕmin 25-26/28 Output contacts - overload (cos ϕmax) Red LED .cos ϕmax "cos ϕmax" closed-circuit principle . the adjusted value for cos ϕmax has to be CM-LWN higher than the value for cos ϕmin plus the hysteresis. Function diagram CM-LWN Connection diagram CM-LWN cos ϕmax exceeded 1SVC 110 000 F0130 A1-A2  cos ϕmin: red LED . Due to the internal electrical isolation of the supply circuit and the measuring circuit.2 to 2 s to suppress unwanted tripping due to unavoidable short load changes during normal operation. Consequently. Current in L1 A1-A2 Rated control 2CDC 252 105 F0004 below cos ϕmin con ϕmax supply voltage hysteresis L1/K-L1/L Measuring Reset button con ϕmin current 15-18 L1/K-L2-L3 Measuring U: green LED . A time delay (Time S) of 0.  Threshold for load limit "cos ϕmin"  cos ϕmax: red LED . the overload and underload indication must not be active at the same time. 15-16 voltage 25-28 Control supply voltage 25-26 15-16/18 Output contacts - underload (cos ϕmin) Reset button Threshold for load limit Red LED .3 to 30 s can be set for the starting phase of the motor. It is also possible to set a response delay time (Time R) of 0. it is also possible to  Response delay "Time R" use the device in systems with different supply voltages. To guarantee correct operation of the response delay (Time R).

........... Price Weight supply voltage unit 1 piece 1 piece pieces kg / lb Current range: 0.. closed-circuit principle 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication • Technical data .30 / 0..30 / 0.147  107 2CDC110004C0206 ....30 / 0..66 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 331 R0100 1 0..66 220-240 V AC 1SVR 450 331 R0000 1 0..66 380...30 / 0..146 • Current transformers ....30 / 0....30 / 0.30 / 0.440 V AC 1SVR 450 332 R0000 1 0....144 • Dimensional drawings .....66 Current range: 2-20 A CM-LWN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 335 R0100 1 0..66 480-500 V AC 1SVR 450 334 R0000 1 0.................66 110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 330 R0000 1 0........5-5 A CM-LWN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 335 R0000 1 0..........66 asynchronous motors 쐍 Under............30 / 0........... Starting delay "Time S" TS TR TR TR TS  Marker label Type Rated control Order code Pack.2-2 s 쐍 Single-phase or three- phase monitoring 쐍 2 x 1 c/o contact....145 • Accessories .108 • Technical diagrams .3-30 s 쐍 Direct measurement of currents up to 20 A 쐍 Adjustable response time delay 0..and overload monitoring cos ϕmin and cos ϕmax in one unit 쐍 Adjustable starting delay 0.66 110-130 V AC 1SVR 450 330 R0100 1 0..66 380-440 V AC 1SVR 450 332 R0100 1 0..30 / 0.......30 / 0................66 쐍 Load status monitoring for 480-500 V AC 1SVR 450 334 R0100 1 0..

.. max... Closed-circuit principle: Output relay is de-energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.. 3. EN 60255-6 Low Voltage Directive 2006/95/EC EMC Directive 2004/108/EC.1 x 106 switching cycles Short circuit proof.6 VA A1-A2 380-440 V AC approx. 92/31/EEC.and undervoltage fault Start-up time (Time S) 0.. continuous thermal current at B 300 5A max.. VDE 0110. Pollution category 3 Overvoltage category III 1) Open-circuit principle: Output relay is energized if the measured value exceeds/drops below the adjusted threshold.62 108  2CDC110004C0206 .6 VA Rated control supply voltage US tolerance -15 %. IEC 664-1.. adjustable Response delay (Time R) 0...5-5 A version 2-20 A version Permissible overload of current input 25 A for 3 s 100 A for 3 s Thresholds cos ϕmin and cos ϕmax adjustable from 0 to 1 Hysteresis (related to phase angle ϕ in °) 4° Frequency of measuring voltage 15-400 Hz Response time 300 ms Timing circuits indication of over. adjustable Timing error within rated control supply voltage tolerance  0..... 3.. measuring.. 230 V.. 400 V.6 VA A1-A2 480-500 V AC approx.5 mm2 (2 x 14 AWG) Standards Product standard IEC 255-6.. 91/263/EEC. 4 A 0..+65 °C / -40.. IEC 947-1) 250 V Max... Motor load monitors CM-LWN Technical data Type CM-LWN Input circuit . • Approvals . EN 61000-6-4 electrostatic discharge (ESD) IEC/EN 61000-4-2 Level 3 (6 kV / 8 kV) electromagnetic field (HF radiation resistance) IEC/EN 61000-4-3 Level 3 (10 V/m) fast transients (Burst) IEC/EN 61000-4-4 Level 3 (2 kV / 5 kHz) powerful impulses (Surge) IEC 1000-4-5..2 . 300 V DC Rated operational AC12 (resistive) 230 V 4A current AC15 (inductive) 230 V 3A (IEC 60947-5-1) DC12 (resistive) 24 V 4A DC13 (inductive) 24 V 2A AC rating Utilization category (Control Circuit Rating Code) B 300 (UL 508) max. 3..5 kV.6 VA A1-A2 220-240 V AC approx. 50 Hz. 55 °C. 1 min. IEC 664-1....07 inch x 3.. switching voltage 400 V AC. 93/68/EEC.. 25-26/28 Kind of output 2 x 1 c/o contact Operational principle 1) closed-circuit principle Contact material AgCdO Rated voltage (VDE 0110..50 μs Test voltage between all isolated circuits 2.5 % Timing error within temperature range  0... IEC 60255-5) Rated insulation voltage between supply. EN 61000-4-5 Level 4 (2 kV L-L) HF line emission IEC 1000-4-6.1 S1. 93/67/EEC Electromagnetic compatibility EN 61000-6-2. 96 h Isolation data Rating (HD 625..Supply circuit A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage US ....2-2 s..94 inch) Mounting position any Degree of protection enclosure / terminals IP50 / IP20 Ambient temperature range operation / storage -25. 3.3-30 s.. 93 % rel.. rated operational voltage 300 V AC max.. 500 V depending on the version Rated impulse withstand voltage between all isolated circuits 4 kV / 1.06 % / °C Indication of operational states Control supply voltage U: green LED below cos ϕmin cos ϕmin: red LED cos ϕmax exceeded cos ϕmax: red LED Output circuits 15-16/18. 8...+10 % 2 Rated frequency Duty time AC versions AC/DC versions 50-60 Hz 15-400 Hz or DC 100 % Measuring circuit L1/L-L1/K-L2-L3 Monitoring function Motor load monitoring by cos ϕ Voltage range L1/K-L2-L3 110-500 V AC single-phase or three-phase Current range L1/L-L1/K 0.4 VA/W power consumption A1-A2 110-130 V AC approx.and output circuit 250 V. making/breaking apparent power at B 300 3600/360 VA 6 Mechanical lifetime 30 x 10 switching cycles Electrical lifetime at AC12. fuse rating n/c / n/o contact 10 A fast-acting / 10 A fast-acting General data Dimensions (W x H x D) 45 mm x 78 mm x 100 mm (1.+85 °C Mounting DIN rail (EN 50022) Electrical connection Wire size fine-strand with wire end ferrule 2 x 2.... A1-A2 24-240 V AC/DC approx. EN 61000-4-6 Level 3 (10 V) Operational reliability (IEC 68-2-6) 5g Mechanical resistance (IEC 68-2-6) 10 g Environmental testing (IEC 68-2-30) 24 h cycle time..77 inch x 3..

........................... 146  109 2CDC110004C0206 .................................................................................................................................................................................... 62 Technical diagram ......................................................................................................................................... 114 Technical data ... 111 CM-MSS ................................................................................................................................................................................................ 113 PTC sensor C011 ............................................................................................. 144 Dimensional drawings ................................................. 110 Selection table ................................................................... 145 Accessories ......................................  Thermistor motor protection relays 2 Content Benefits and advantages ................................................................................ 115 Approvals and marks .................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................... 110 Ordering details CM-MSE .................................................. 111 CM-MSN ......................................................................

. • • • • • • • Remote reset . This enables direct control and 쐍 machine rolling bearings. The relay is independent of the rated motor current. Devices with manual (pushbutton on front-side) or remote reset configuration have to be controlled via the control input by the required signal. . 2 쐍 increased switching frequency 쐍 single-phase operation 쐍 air. the output relay de-energizes. evaluation of the following operating conditions: 쐍 hot-air ventilators. . • • • • • • Output contacts Operational principle closed-circuit principle Number / type 1 c/o 1 n/o + 1 n/c 1 n/o + 1n/c 1 c/o 1 n/o 2 c/o 2 c/o 1 n/o + 1 n/c 2 c/o per accumulative accumulative sensor circuit evaluation evaluation Width of enclosure 22. .5 k. The number of pos- sible PTC sensors per measuring circuit is limited by the sum of the NAT = Nominal response individual PTC sensor resistances: RG = R1 + R2 + RN  1. Selection table Operating principle and fields of application for thermistor motor protection relays The CM range of thermistor motor protection relays are used to Further applications: control motors equipped with PTC temperature sensors. . 쐍 heating installations. 쐍 high ambient temperature 쐍 insufficient cooling 쐍 break operation Resistance characteristic 쐍 unbalance for one single temperature sensor acc. • • • • • • • Test button . The PTC sensors are connected in series to the terminals Ta and Tb (or Ta and Tbx without short-circuit detection). . Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSE. . CM-MSN Benefits and advantages. to DIN 44 081. CM-MSS. Selection table thermistor motor protection relays Type CM-MSE CM-MSS (1) CM-MSS (2) CM-MSS (3) CM-MSS (4) CM-MSS (5) CM-MSS (6) CM-MSS (7) CM-MSN Function Measuring range Number of sensor circuits 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 3 6 Wire break monitoring • • • • • • • • • Short-circuit detection . PTC temperature sensors are incorporated in the motor windings such as to measure the motor heating. .5 mm 45 mm Supply voltages and order codes 24 V AC 1SVR550805R9300 1SVR430811R9300 24 V AC/DC 1SVR430800R9100 1SVR430810R9300 1SVR430710R9300 110-130 V AC 1SVR550800R9300 1SVR430811R0300 1SVR430711R0300 220-240 V AC 1SVR550801R9300 1SVR430801R1100 1SVR430811R1300 1SVR430711R1300 380-440 V AC 1SVR430711R2300 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR430720R0400 1SVR430720R0300 1SVR430710R0200 1SVR430720R0500 1SVR450025R0100 1) configurable via terminals 2) Auto reset without non-volatile fault storage configurable by permanent jumpering of connecting terminals S1-T2 or S1/X1-S2/X2 110  2CDC110004C0206 . . the insulation class and the method of starting. • 2) • 2) Operation/ Reset Auto reset • • • • • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) • 2) Manual reset . If the autoreset function is configured. • 2) • 2) . The Temperature monitoring of equipment with PTC sensors integrated. • 1) • • • • • Non-volatile fault storage . temperature Under normal operating conditions the resistance is below the response threshold. If only one of the PTC resistors heats up 1SVC 110 000 F0139 excessively. etc. 쐍 heavy duty starting 쐍 oil. the output relay energizes automatically after cooling down.

........... unit pieces Price 1 piece Weight 1 piece 2 kg / lb CM-MSE 24 V AC 1SVR 550 805 R9300 1 0.. Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSE..33 fault tripping (3) 110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R0300 1 0.33 110-130 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R0300 1 0. CM-MSS Ordering details CM-MSE 1SVC 110 000 F0140 1SVC 110 000 F0141 A1 T1 T2 쐍 Auto reset 2CDC 251 012 F0b03 A1-A2 Rated control 쐍 Connection of several sensors T1 A1 13 supply voltage (max.........33  Marker label 1) not electrically isolated  Reset button • Accessories: PTC sensors ..33 CM-MSS (2)... S1 21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle X1 쐍 14 12 A2  2 c/o contacts  쐍 2 LEDs for status indication  Type Order code Pack....33  U: green LED ........ 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R1300 1 0.24 CM-MSE 110-130 V AC 1SVR 550 800 R9300 1 0.33 (2) 24 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R9300 1 0....24 220-240 V AC 1SVR 550 801 R9300 1 0.. short-circuit monitoring configurable 쐍 Fault storage can be switched off 쐍 Auto reset configurable A1-A2 Rated control 1SVC 110 000 F0143 A1 11 T2x supply voltage 쐍 Reset button 1SVC 110 000 F0144 T1 T2 21 S1-T2 remote reset 쐍 Remote reset T1 A1 11 21 jumper = without storage  쐍 Monitoring of bimetals T1-T2x measuring circuit without short-circuit monitoring  쐍 Short-circuit monitoring of the T2 A2 12 14 22 24 T1-T2 measuring circuit with  sensor circuit configurable S1 22 24 short-circuit monitoring  쐍 2 c/o contacts 14 12 A2 11-12/14 Output contacts 21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle 쐍 2 LEDs for status indication CM-MSS (3) Type Rated control Order code Pack.... 1 c/o contact 1SVR 430 801 F1100 1SVC 110 000 F0141 1SVC 110 000 F0142 쐍 A1 11 T1 Auto reset T2 쐍 Connection of several sensors T1 A1 11 A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage 쐍 Monitoring of bimetals T1-T2 Sensor circuit 쐍 1 c/o contact T2 A2 12 14 11-12/14 Output contact - Closed-circuit principle 쐍 2 LEDs for status indication 14 12 A2   Type Rated control Order code Pack... unit Price Weight supply voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg / lb  F: red LED . in series) T1-T2 Sensor circuit 쐍 Monitoring of bimetals T2 A2 14 13-14 Output contact - Closed-circuit principle 쐍 1 n/o contact 13 14 A2 쐍 Excellent cost / performance ratio Type Rated control supply voltage Order code Pack.11 / 0.....33 control supply voltage 380-440 V AC 1SVR 430 711 R2300 1 0...... 6 sensors conn....11 / 0.. 2 c/o contacts 1SVR 430 811 F1300 쐍 1SVC 110 000 F519 Fault storage can be switched off A1 X1 11 T2 T1 21 A1-A2 Rated control T2 쐍 2CDC 252 123 F0b07 T2 Auto reset configurable T1 A1 11 21 supply voltage L1 L2 L3 T1-T2 Sensor circuit 쐍 Reset button M S1-T2 Remote reset T1 쐍 Remote reset T2 A2 12 14 22 24 X1-T2 jumper = no storage ϑ ϑ ϑ 3 쐍 Monitoring of bimetals 24 22 S1 11-12/14 Output contacts ........146  111 2CDC110004C0206 .15 / 0.15 / 0....15 / 0......15 / 0... unit Price Weight  supply voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg / lb CM-MSS (1) CM-MSS 24 V AC/DC 1) 1SVR 430 800 R9100 1 0.24 CM-MSS (1).144 • Dimensional drawings ..114 • Technical data .15 / 0........15 / 0..... CM-MSS 24 V AC/DC 1) 1SVR 430 710 R9300 1 0.115 • Technical diagrams .. 2 c/o contacts.145 • Accessories .33 (1) 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 801 R1100 1 0...15 / 0. unit Price Weight  Rated control pieces 1 piece supply voltage 1 piece kg / lb CM-MSS (2) CM-MSS 24 V AC/DC 1) 1SVR 430 810 R9300 1 0........15 / 0.33 220-240 V AC 1SVR 430 811 R1300 1 0...15 / 0...33 1SVR 430 711 F1300 CM-MSS (3)...15 / 0.....11 / 0...

.......15 / 0..33 1-channel 2 c/o  Marker label CM-MSS (6)........... unit Price Weight CM-MSS (5) supply voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg / lb  Reset / test button  F: red LED ......................33 • Accessories: PTC sensors . unit Price Weight supply voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece kg / lb CM-MSS (6) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 710 R0200 1 0...... 1n/o  U: green LED - control supply voltage CM-MSS (5) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R0300 1 0.................... Output contacts -  쐍 Reset button 21-22/24 Closed-circuit principle 쐍 Auto reset configurable 1T1-T2 2T1-T2 Sensor circuit S1-T2 jumpered = no storage 쐍 Output contacts: 2 x 1 c/o contact CM-MSS (6) 쐍 3 LEDs for status indication  Reset button  to  F1-F2: red LED - fault tripping 1 to 2  U: green LED - control supply voltage Marker label Type Rated control Order code Pack..........33 fault tripping 1-channel 1n/c...114 • Technical data ....... 1-channel 2CDC 251 077 F0t07 쐍 Short-circuit monitoring of the sensor circuit CM-MSS (4) 쐍 Wide supply voltage range: 2CDC 252 016 F0004 A1 T2 T1 A1-A2 Rated control 24-240 V AC/DC supply voltage 쐍 Non-volatile fault storage T1 A1 13 21 T1-T2 Sensor circuit 1SVC 110 000 F0145  selectable S1 S1-T2 Remote reset 2   쐍 Reset and test button 쐍 Remote reset S1 21 T2 A2 13 22 14 22 14 A2 13-14 21-22 Output contacts - Closed-circuit principle jumper =  쐍 Auto reset configurable no storage 쐍 Output contacts: 1 n/c and 1 n/o or 2 c/o contacts CM-MSS (4) 쐍 2 LEDs for status indication CM-MSS (5) 2CDC 251 047 F0t04 2CDC 252 147 F0b06 A1 11 21 2CDC 252 044 F0004 A1-A2 Rated control S1/X1 S2/X2 T1 T2 supply voltage T1 L1 L2 L3 T1 A1 11 21 T1-T2 Sensor circuit S1/X1 S2/X2 ϑ S1/X1-S2/X2 Reset T2 11-12/14 Output contacts - T2 A2 12 14 22 24 21-22/24 Closed-circuit S1/X1 12 14 principle S2/X2  22 24 A2    Type Rated control Order code Pack.......... 2-channel........ single evaluation 1SVR 430 710 F0200 쐍 Short-circuit monitoring for the sensor 1SVC 110 000 F 0146 1SVC 110 000 F 0148 circuits 쐍 Wide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC 쐍 2 separate sensor circuits for  monitoring of two motors or one  motor with 2 sensor circuits A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage  (prewarning and final switch off) 11-12/14..115 • Technical diagrams .. CM-MSS (4) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R0400 1 0..145 • Accessories . Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSS Ordering details CM-MSS (4) + CM-MSS (5).146 112  2CDC110004C0206 ...15 / 0.144 • Dimensional drawings .....15 / 0...

CM-MSN Ordering details CM-MSS (7). 3 sensor circuits. 3T1-T2 쐍 Output contacts: 21-22 Closed-circuit principle S1-T2 Remote reset jumpered = no storage . accumulative evaluation 쐍 Short-circuit monitoring for the 1SVR 430 720 F0500 1SVC 110 000 F0149 1SVC 110 000 F0147 sensor circuits 쐍 Wide supply voltage range 24-240 V AC/DC 쐍 Non-volatile fault storage configurable  쐍 Remote reset   쐍 Auto reset configurable 쐍 Reset and test button A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage 1T1-T2 2T1-T2 Sensor circuits 2  13-14 Output contacts . Thermistor motor protection relays CM-MSS.

33 .15 / 0. 1 n/c and 1 n/o contact 쐍 4 LEDs for status indication CM-MSS (7)  Reset / test button  to  Type Rated control Order code Pack. unit Price Weight F1-F3: red LED . supply voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece fault tripping 1 to 3 kg / lb U: green LED - control supply voltage CM-MSS (7) 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 430 720 R0500 1 0.

S1-T2 Remote reset. 1 n/o contact . 쐍 Output contacts: 21-22 Closed-circuit principle jumper = no storage 1 n/c..6T1-T2 Sensor circuits  쐍 Reset and test button 13-14 Output contacts .. Marker label CM-MSN. 6 sensor circuits. accumulative evaluation 쐍 Short-circuit monitoring of the 1SVR 450 025 F0400 1SVC 110 000 F0150 sensor circuit 1SVC 110 000 F0521 쐍 Wide supply voltage range: 24-240 V AC/DC  쐍 Non-volatile fault storage configurable  쐍 Remote reset  쐍 Auto reset configurable A1-A2 Rated control supply voltage 1T1.

... unit Price Weight F1-F6: red LED ......... the output relay will trip • Accessories: PTC sensors .................. supply voltage pieces 1 piece 1 piece fault tripping F1 to F6 kg / lb U: green LED ..146  113 2CDC110004C0206 ............114 • Technical data ........ 쐍 7 LEDs for status indication CM-MSN  Reset / Test button  to Type Rated control Order code Pack..................144 • Dimensional drawings ...... CM-MSN 24-240 V AC/DC 1SVR 450 025 R0100 1 0....115 • Technical diagrams ....51 control supply voltage Marker label accumulative evaluation = if any input exeeds the threshold.........23 / 0...............145 • Accessories ...........

three sensors are embedded 101 TPTC [°C] which comply with DIN 44 081 and DIN 44 082.044 C011-120 120 °C gray-gray GHC 011 0003 R0006 3 0.20 K TNF .02/0.5 V) 70 5 °C  570   570  - 80 5 °C 90 5 °C 100 5 °C 110 5 °C 120 5 °C  100   550   1330   4000  130 5 °C 140 5 °C 150 5 °C 160 5 °C 170 7 °C  570   570  - 1) 2) Not embedded in windings. 쐍 the special characteristics of the motor. 3 sensors TNF . overload etc.044 C011-110 110 °C brown-brown GHC 011 0003 R0005 3 0. such 600 V AC.044 C011-80 80 °C white-white GHC 011 0003 R0002 3 0.044 C011-160 160 °C blue-red GHC 011 0003 R0009 3 0. however.044 Triple temperature sensor C011-3